Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System
Transcription
Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System
The Johns Hopkins ACG System ® Technical Reference Guide Version 9.0 December 2009 Important Warranty Limitation and Copyright Notices Copyright 2009, The Johns Hopkins University. All rights reserved. This document is produced by the Health Services Research & Development Center at The Johns Hopkins University, Bloomberg School of Public Health. The terms The Johns Hopkins ACG® System, ACG® System, ACG®, ADG®, Adjusted Clinical Groups®, Ambulatory Care GroupsTM, Aggregated Diagnostic GroupsTM, Ambulatory Diagnostic GroupsTM, Johns Hopkins Expanded Diagnosis ClustersTM, EDCsTM, ACG Predictive Model , Rx-Defined Morbidity Groups , Rx-MGs , ACG Rx GapsTM,, ACG Coordination Markers™, ACG-PM , Dx-PM , Rx-PM and DxRxPM are trademarks of The Johns Hopkins University. All materials in this document are copyrighted by The Johns Hopkins University. It is an infringement of copyright law to develop any derivative product based on the grouping algorithm or other information presented in this document. This document is provided as an information resource on measuring population morbidity for those with expertise in risk-adjustment models. The documentation should be used for informational purposes only. Information contained herein does not constitute recommendation for or advice about medical treatment or business practices. No permission is granted to redistribute this documentation. No permission is granted to modify or otherwise create derivative works of this documentation. Copies may be made only by the individual who requested the documentation initially from Johns Hopkins or their agents and only for that person's use and those of his/her coworkers at the same place of employment. All such copies must include the copyright notice above, this grant of permission and the disclaimer below must appear in all copies made; and so long as the name of The Johns Hopkins University is not used in any advertising or publicity pertaining to the use or distribution of this software without specific, written prior authorization. Disclaimer: This documentation is provided AS IS, without representation as to its fitness for any purpose, and without warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including without limitation the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The Johns Hopkins University and the Johns Hopkins Health System shall not be liable for any damages, including special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages, with respect to any claim arising out of or in connection with the use of the documentation, even if it has been or is hereafter advised of the possibility of such damages. Documentation Production Staff Senior Editor: Jonathan P. Weiner, Dr. P.H. Managing Editor: Chad Abrams, M.A. Production assistance provided by: David Bodycombe Sc.D., Klaus Lemke, Ph.D., Patricio Muniz, M.D., MPH, MBA, Thomas M. Richards, Barbara Starfield, M.D., MPH and Erica Wernery. Special thanks to Lorne Verhulst M.D., MPA, of the British Columbia Ministry of Health in Vancouver, Canada, for his contribution to the chapter titled Practitioner Profiling: Assessing Individual Physician Performance Provider Performance Assessment. Additional production assistance and original content provided by Rosina DeGiulio, Lisa Kabasakalian, Meg McGinn, and Amy Salls of DST Health Solutions, LLC. The ACG Team gratefully acknowledges the support provided by our corporate partner in helping to move this publication forward. If users have questions regarding the software and its application, they are advised to contact the organization from which they obtained the ACG software. Questions about grants of rights or comments, criticisms, or corrections related to this document should be directed to the Johns Hopkins ACG team (see below). Such communication is encouraged. ACG Project Coordinator 624 N. Broadway - Room 607 Baltimore, MD 21205-1901 USA Telephone (410) 955-5660 Fax: (410) 955-0470 E-mail: [email protected] Website: http://acg.jhsph.edu Third Party Library Acknowledgements This product includes software developed by the following companies: Health Plus Technologies (http://www.healthplustech.com) Karsten Lentzsch (http://www.jgoodies.com) Sentintel Technologies, Inc. (http://www.healthplustech.com) This product includes software developed by The Apache Software Foundation (http://www.apache.org) This product includes the Java Runtime Environment developed by Sun Microsystems (http://java.sun.com) This product includes the following open source: JDOM library (http://www.jdom.org) iText library (http://www.lowagie.com/iText) JasperReports library (http://www.jasperforge.org) i Table of Contents 1 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 1-i Introduction to The Johns Hopkins ACG® System .................................... 1-1 Technical Reference Guide Objective ......................................................... 1-1 Technical Reference Guide Navigation ....................................................... 1-1 Technical Reference Guide Content ............................................................ 1-2 Installation and Usage Guide Content ........................................................ 1-3 Applications Guide Content ......................................................................... 1-4 Customer Commitment and Contact Information .................................... 1-5 2 Diagnosis and Code Sets .................................................................................. 2-i Introduction ................................................................................................... 2-1 Coding Issues Using the International Classification of Diseases (ICD) .. 2-1 Using National Drug Codes (NDC).............................................................. 2-4 Using Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) Codes............................ 2-6 3 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) .................................................................. 3-i A Brief Overview ........................................................................................... 3-1 Overview of the ACG Assignment Process ................................................. 3-3 Major ADGs .................................................................................................. 3-6 Clinical Aspects of ACGs ........................................................................... 3-26 Clinically Oriented Examples of ACGs..................................................... 3-30 4 Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) ............................................................ 4-i Overview ........................................................................................................ 4-1 The Development of EDCs ........................................................................... 4-1 Understanding How EDCs Work ................................................................ 4-3 Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 ii 5 Medication Defined Morbidity ....................................................................... 5-i Objectives ....................................................................................................... 5-1 Conclusion.................................................................................................... 5-23 6 Special Population Markers ............................................................................ 6-i Introduction ................................................................................................... 6-1 Hospital Dominant Conditions .................................................................... 6-1 Frailty Conditions ......................................................................................... 6-3 Chronic Condition Count ............................................................................. 6-5 Condition Markers ........................................................................................ 6-9 7 Predicting Future Resource Use ..................................................................... 7-i Objectives ....................................................................................................... 7-1 Conceptual Basis of Predictive Modeling ................................................... 7-1 Development of ACG Predictive Models .................................................. 7-13 Resource Bands ........................................................................................... 7-16 High, Moderate and Low Impact Conditions ........................................... 7-17 High Pharmacy Utilization Model ............................................................. 7-17 8 Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance ................................................ 8-i Overview of ACG Predictive Models Statistical Performance ................. 8-1 Validation Data ............................................................................................. 8-1 Adjusted R-Square Values ........................................................................... 8-1 Sensitivity and Positive Predictive Value .................................................... 8-8 ROC Curve .................................................................................................. 8-10 Clinical Information Improves on Prior Cost .......................................... 8-11 9 Predicting Hospitalization ............................................................................... 9-i Introduction ................................................................................................... 9-1 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide iii Framework for Predicting Hospitalization Using ACG ............................ 9-1 Empiric Validation of the Likelihood of Hospitalization Model .............. 9-5 10 Coordination................................................................................................. 10-i Introduction ................................................................................................. 10-1 Assessing Care Coordination ..................................................................... 10-1 Majority Source of Care (MSOC) ............................................................. 10-7 Unique Provider Count (UPC): ................................................................. 10-9 Specialty Count (SC) ................................................................................. 10-10 No Generalist Seen (NGS) ........................................................................ 10-11 Conclusion.................................................................................................. 10-13 11 Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization ..................................................................... 11-i Objectives ..................................................................................................... 11-1 Significance of Pharmacy Adherence for Effective Care ........................ 11-1 Development of Possession/Adherence Markers ...................................... 11-2 Validation and Testing.............................................................................. 11-13 The Future ................................................................................................. 11-15 Appendix A: ACG Publication List ................................................................ A-1 Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models ................................................................................................................. B-i Introduction ...................................................................................................B-1 Index ............................................................................................................. IN-1 Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 iv This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Introduction 1-i 1 Introduction Introduction to The Johns Hopkins ACG® System .................................... 1-1 Technical Reference Guide Objective ......................................................... 1-1 Technical Reference Guide Navigation ....................................................... 1-1 Technical Reference Guide Content ............................................................ 1-2 Installation and Usage Guide Content ........................................................ 1-3 Applications Guide Content ......................................................................... 1-4 Customer Commitment and Contact Information .................................... 1-5 Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 1-ii Introduction This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Introduction 1-1 Introduction to The Johns Hopkins ACG® System The ACG (Adjusted Clinical Groups) System was developed by faculty at the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health to help make health care delivery more efficient and more equitable. Because the ACG System can be used for numerous management, finance, and analytical applications related to health and health care, it has become the most widely used, population-based, case-mix/risk adjustment methodology. Precisely because of the diversity of ACG applications, one size does not fit all in terms of methodology. Like health management and analysis itself, using case-mix or risk adjustment methods involves art as well as science, and these applications are particularly context and objective driven. We hope this documentation will provide you with much of the guidance you will need in order to apply the ACG System to most effectively meet the risk adjustment and case-mix needs of your organization. Technical Reference Guide Objective The Technical Reference Guide was designed to augment the Installation and Usage Guide that accompanies the ACG Software. The objective is to provide you with the clinical basis and empirical performance of the ACG System. Technical Reference Guide Navigation Locating information in the Technical Reference Guide is facilitated by the following search methods: Master Table of Contents. The master table of contents contains the chapter names and principal headings for each chapter. Chapter Table of Contents. Each chapter has a table of contents, which lists the principal headings and subheadings and figures and tables. Index. Each chapter is indexed and organized alphabetically. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 1-2 Introduction Technical Reference Guide Content For your convenience, a list of the Technical Reference Guide chapters is provided. Chapter 1: Introduction. Provides a general overview of the physical organization of the manual as well as content. Chapter 2: Diagnosis and Code Sets. This chapter discusses the applicability of diagnosis data to the field of risk assessment and the challenges of managing multiple standards for diagnosis coding. Chapter 3: Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs). This chapter provides a brief overview of the history of the clinical origin of the ACG System and describes the details of the ACG assignment algorithm. Chapter 4: Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs). This chapter explains the development and evolution of the EDC methodology. Chapter 5: Medication Defined Morbidity. This chapter discusses the applicability of pharmacy claims in risk assessment and defines how drug codes are assigned to morbidity groups. Chapter 6: Special Population Markers. This chapter discusses the definitions and clinical criteria for the HOSDOM, Frailty, Chronic Condition Count, and Chronic Condition Markers. Chapter 7: Predicting Resource Use. This chapter discusses the methods and variations of ACG Predictive Models developed to predict resource use. Chapter 8: Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance. This chapter demonstrates the ACG predictive models statistical performance while describing the various ways in which they can be applied in health care applications. Chapter 9: Predicting Hospitalization. This chapter discusses the methods and variations of ACG Predictive Models developed to predict hospitalization risk. Chapter 10: Coordination. This chapter discusses the methods for evaluating coordination of care. Chapter 11: Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization. This chapter discusses the methods and metrics associated with medication possession and gaps in pharmacy adherence. Appendix A: ACG Publication List Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Introduction 1-3 Index Installation and Usage Guide Content For your convenience, a list of the Installation and Usage Guide chapters is provided. Chapter 1: Getting Started. Provides a general overview of the physical organization of the manual as well as content. Chapter 2: Overview of the ACG Toolkit. Intended for all users, this chapter provides a brief overview of the ACG toolkit to provide a baseline introduction to the nomenclature of the ACG System components. Chapter 3: Installing the ACG Software. Intended for the programmer/analyst, this chapter discusses the technical aspects of installing the software. Chapter 4: Basic Data Requirements. Intended for the programmer/analyst, this chapter discusses at a high level the minimum data input requirements and other necessary data requirements for performing ACG-based risk adjusted analyses. Included are discussions of augmenting or supplementing diagnosis information with optional user supplied flags as well as consideration of the use of pharmacy information. Chapter 5: Using the ACG Sample Data. Intended for the programmer/analyst, this chapter walks through the example of processing the sample data provided with the installation. This sample data is provided to allow users to understand the outputs of the ACG System and demonstrate system functionality prior to the availability of the user’s own input data. Chapter 6: Using Client Data. Intended for the programmer/analyst, the purpose of this chapter is to describe the process of importing user-supplied data files into the system. Chapter 7: Operating the ACG Software. Intended for the programmer/analyst, this chapter discusses the technical aspects of using the software, and importing and exporting data and reports. Chapter 8: Validating Results. Intended for the programmer/analyst, the purpose of this chapter is to provide examples of the ACG System functionality that was designed to assist in the validation of user-supplied data. Chapter 9: Troubleshooting. Intended for the programmer/analyst, the purpose of this chapter is to leverage prior user experience with the software to describe the symptom and solution to common user issues. Appendix A: Output Data Dictionary. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 1-4 Introduction Appendix B: Report Detail. Appendix C: Batch Mode Processing. Appendix D: Java API. Index Applications Guide Content For your convenience, a list of the Applications Guide chapters is provided. Chapter 1: Introduction. Chapter 2: Health Status Monitoring. This chapter demonstrates the application of the ACG System markers and analyses to measures disease prevalence and support health status monitoring. Chapter 3: Performance Assessment. This chapter outlines the basic steps to taking a population-based approach to profiling. Chapter 4: Clinical Screening by Care and Disease Managers. This chapter demonstrates the application of the ACG System markers to high risk case selection, risk stratification and amenability. Chapter 5: Managing Financial Risk for Pharmacy Benefits. This chapter describes use of the ACG System markers to the application of managing pharmacy risk. Chapter 6: Capitation and Rate Setting. This chapter describes various methods of applying the ACG System to capitation and rate setting. Chapter 7: Final Considerations. Index The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Introduction 1-5 Customer Commitment and Contact Information As part of our ongoing commitment to furthering the international state-of-the-art of riskadjustment methodology and supporting users of the ACG System worldwide, we will continue to perform evaluation, research, and development. We will look forward to sharing the results of this work with our user-base via white papers, our web site, peerreviewed articles, and in-person presentations. After you have carefully reviewed the documentation supplied with this software release, we would welcome your inquiries on any topic of relevance to your use of the ACG System within your organization. Technical support is available during standard business hours by contacting your designated account representative directly. If you do not know how to contact your account representative, please call 866-287-9243 or e-mail [email protected]. We thank you for using the ACG System and for helping us to work toward meeting the Johns Hopkins University’s ultimate goal of improving the quality, efficiency, and equity of health care across the United States and around the globe. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 1-6 Introduction This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Diagnosis and Code Sets 2-i 2 Diagnosis and Code Sets Introduction ................................................................................................... 2-1 Coding Issues Using the International Classification of Diseases (ICD) .. 2-1 Diagnosis Codes with Three and Four Digits ............................................ 2-2 Rule-Out, Suspected, and Provisional Diagnoses ...................................... 2-3 Special Note for ICD-10 Users .................................................................. 2-4 Using ICD-9 and ICD-10 Simultaneously ................................................. 2-4 Using National Drug Codes (NDC) .............................................................. 2-4 Table 1: Classification of Metformin ........................................................ 2-5 Using Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) Codes............................ 2-6 Table 2: Classification of Metformin ........................................................ 2-6 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 2-ii Diagnosis and Code Sets This page was left blank intentionally. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Diagnosis and Code Sets 2-1 Introduction The Johns Hopkins ACG System characterizes population health status based upon readily available medical and pharmacy claims, patient registries or other administrative sources. These data sources often feed financial or payment systems and were not originally intended as a source of clinical information. When proper care is taken in preparing and using the data in the Johns Hopkins ACG System, these administrative sources provide a very robust input for clinical classification purposes. This chapter discusses the challenges related to extending the use of administrative coding systems and subsequent considerations in preparing data for use by the ACG System. Coding Issues Using the International Classification of Diseases (ICD) Diagnosis codes are the primary data requirement of the Johns Hopkins ACG System. The user must ensure, to the extent possible, the diagnosis codes recorded on the claims encounter records and the resulting machine-readable data records are comprehensive and consistent with the source medical records. For the purpose of assessing the quality of diagnosis code data, a rudimentary understanding of the structure and limitations of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD-9, ICD-9-CM, and/or ICD-10) is needed. The two current editions of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD-9 and ICD10) are developed and maintained by the World Health Organization. In the United States, a clinical modification of ICD-9 was prepared by the National Institutes of Health (NIH). Known as ICD-9-CM, this system has been in use since the early 1980s and is expected to be replaced by ICD-10-CM in 2013. ICD-10 was adopted by the WHO in 1993 and it and its various adaptations are in use by several other countries. The ICD system was designed to serve primarily as an epidemiologic tool for tabulating causes of mortality throughout the world. As accountability and reporting requirements in the health care delivery and financing system have multiplied, so has the integration of ICD diagnosis coding into claims management, medical management, and managed care system oversight. ICD-9-CM employs a five-digit coding scheme whereas ICD-9 uses only four digits. In both systems, codes with as few as three digits are sometimes valid. The system is almost entirely numeric with the exception of selected codes that begin with the letter V (Factors Influencing Health Status) or the letter E (External Causes of Injury and Poisoning). There are roughly 15,000 ICD-9-CM codes, but the lack of specification or agreement as to what constitutes an invalid code renders this number an estimate. The most obvious difference between ICD-9 and ICD-10 is the format of the codes to include alphanumeric categories. Some chapters and conditions are organized differently and ICD-10 has almost twice as many categories as ICD-9. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 2-2 Diagnosis and Code Sets Since the ICD was originally developed to code causes of death, its underlying assumptions lack an appreciation for the problem-oriented nature of differential diagnosis in clinical medicine, particularly for conditions seen in primary care and other ambulatory care settings. Many clinical problems have uncertain, or at best, tentative diagnoses in these settings. As a result, rule-out diagnoses may be coded as definitive diagnoses when claim forms are submitted (see the Rule-Out, Suspected, and Provisional Diagnosis section below). Furthermore, the use of ICD diagnosis codes by providers is inconsistent and often confusing. Nonetheless, it is our belief (supported by evaluation of many health plan databases) that the overwhelming majority of providers strive to report codes that adequately characterize the condition of their members. The JHU team and other researchers have repeatedly assessed the integrity of diagnosis codes assigned by care providers and have found that they convey a sufficiently accurate picture of patients’ health status and resource requirements. The next sections describe some ICD coding issues of which ACG Software users should be aware. Diagnosis Codes with Three and Four Digits The ICD coding scheme is structured hierarchically, with the fourth or fifth digits used to further define or subdivide diseases or conditions that are described in general terms with the first three digits. With the majority serving as headers for the more specific four- and five-digit codes that follow, only a minority of three-digit ICD-9 or ICD-10 codes are clinically valid as separately defined conditions. Therefore, these three-digit codes often will not be accepted by payers on insurance claims. The difficulty for the analyst is that there is no official list of valid three-digit codes. While the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services’ Diagnosis Related Groups (e.g., the CMS DRG) grouper does contain a list of valid ICD-9-CM codes, these are geared to the inpatient setting. For ambulatory care services, the only source of information lies with the various ICD-9-CM publications produced by the general publishing houses and software vendors, and these differ on the specific codes they consider valid. Many of these entities produce color-coded ICD-9 books that indicate whether a code is valid for billing or if it requires a fourth or fifth digit. JHU encourages you to obtain one of these books and use it to compare the results from the Non-Matched ICD-9 List produced by the ACG Software. Given the common use of three-digit codes, the ACG system does accept many threedigit codes and other invalid codes when their meaning is clear and their categorization is precise enough for assignment into a single category. However, very few three digit codes are considered for highly specialized markers such hospital dominant conditions and frailty conditions. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Diagnosis and Code Sets 2-3 Rule-Out, Suspected, and Provisional Diagnoses One of the most frequent criticisms of the ICD system is the lack of codes that allow a provider to stipulate that a particular diagnosis be designated as rule-out (R/O), suspected, or provisional. Providers may record diagnoses as R/O on medical records even though they do not strongly suspect them because certain tests, procedures or trials of therapy are used to make a more definitive diagnosis. However, because ICD has no rule-out code or modifier, diagnoses such as coronary artery disease, subarachnoid hemorrhage, and hiatal hernia, just to name a few, may remain in the patient’s claim database because they were recorded on one or more of the claim forms in the course of the patient’s work-up. With the exception of excluding diagnoses from lab and x-ray claims (which frequently are rule-out or provisional in nature), the Johns Hopkins ACG Development Team does not believe that R/O or suspected diagnoses have a dramatic effect on ACG assignment. One reason is that in a retrospective application, R/O diagnoses still affect the consumption of healthcare resources. For example, a patient who has R/O coronary artery disease or R/O hiatal hernia still consumes the resources associated with the differential diagnosis of these disorders. Although the extent of their impact is not well understood in applications designed to predict resource consumption in the next time period, the presence of rule-out or suspected diagnosis codes may have an effect if they appear in large numbers or if certain providers or groups use these more than other providers or groups. This impact is especially relevant if the ruled-out diagnoses resolve to ADGs that the patient would not be otherwise assigned to, based upon the array of his/her other confirmed diagnoses. For patients with multiple co-morbidities, the probability of this is lower than for patients who are relatively healthy. While it is certainly possible for ruleout diagnoses to make healthy individuals appear sicker than they really are, this distortion should occur for only a small subgroup of patients. To some extent, the user can assess this by linking a count of ADGs assigned to a broad measure of resource consumption, such as total charges, and a narrow one, such as office visits, and then comparing the correlation between ADG counts and the two resource consumption measures. Persons with many ADGs, low total charges, and many visits, may suggest that rule-out diagnoses play a role in the assignment of the ADGs. When a particular health plan or physician consistently appears to have a high morbidity mix but relatively low resource use, it may be useful to ascertain, using medical records, if the use of R/O diagnoses is higher in these instances. For example, this situation could occur if certain experienced diagnosticians are referred a disproportionate share of difficult patients with unclear symptoms. While the only way to validate the impact of R/O diagnoses is by undertaking a complex and expensive review of medical records, our experience suggests that ACG applications will not be adversely impacted by a random distribution of rule-out diagnosis codes. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 2-4 Diagnosis and Code Sets Special Note for ICD-10 Users The WHO version of the ICD-10 was first incorporated into the ACG grouper in August of 2003. Users of ICD-10 are encouraged to pay special attention to the discussion on augmenting their pregnancy, delivery, and low birth weight information as the usefulness of ICD-10 data for these purposes is not well established in the United States. The ACG System uses the standard WHO version of 4 digit ICD-10 codes. This excludes country-specific adaptations, specialty-specific adaptations and supplementary divisions that utilize a 5th digit. Tip: The ACG System supports the WHO version of ICD-10. If you have a need for a country-specific adaptation, please contact your ACG software distributor to discuss the potential for local customization. Using ICD-9 and ICD-10 Simultaneously It is possible to simultaneously use both ICD-9 and ICD-10 data collected on the same population. These codes can be processed as one data stream; however, ICD-9 data must be stored in separate fields (or columns on the input data) from the ICD-10 data (see the “Basic Data Requirements” chapter in the Installation and Usage Guide for more detail). The ACG System will normalize the codes from each coding system into ACG System markers. Using National Drug Codes (NDC) The National Drug Code (NDC) is a drug product classification system. First compiled and organized as part of a Medicare outpatient drug reimbursement plan, it has grown and spread to numerous sectors within the health care industry among which include managed care organizations, pharmaceutical manufacturers, wholesalers, hospitals, and Medicaid. Its usages span from clinical patient profile screening, to inventory control and drug claims processes. Recorded within a database headed by the Food and Drug Administration, it is used specifically by the government for product tracking, evaluations, research, and drug approval within the United States. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Diagnosis and Code Sets 2-5 The code itself is comprised of three segments. Two forms exist – a ten and an eleven digit configuration. The ten digit code, referred to as a regulation NDC, is used mainly by the FDA. However, the majority of government agencies and health care organizations employ the 11 digit code format, including the Johns Hopkins ACG System. It follows the form 5-4-2 (referring to the digit lengths of each individual subcode segment). The first segment, issued by the FDA, identifies the labeler/manufacturer code. The next four digits – called the product code - impart information regarding drug strength, dosage form, and formulation. The last two digits, the package code, refer to package size and type. Together, these three number sequences form the NDC number. With these pieces of information one can ascertain: generic name/active ingredient; manufacturer; strength; route of administration; package size; and, trade name, for any medication. Note that because the NDC code itself contains specific packaging information, a large number of NDC codes are generated and retired each month. Package sizes are not standardized across drugs or manufacturers. This structure limits the value of monitoring of individual NDC codes. We suggest users process all NDC codes over the period of interest. Table 1 provides examples of NDC codes related to the ingredient Metformin. There are 54 manufacturers of Metformin with nearly 300 individual NDC codes for singleingredient doses of Metformin and an additional 350 NDC codes for combination drugs containing Metformin. Table 1: Classification of Metformin NDC Code Manufacturer Drug Strength Package Size 00087-6060-05 BRISTOL MYERS SQUIBB 500 mg 100 00087-6060-10 BRISTOL MYERS SQUIBB 500 mg 500 00093-1048-05 TEVA 500 mg PHARMACEUTICALS 500 00172-4330-80 IVAX 850 mg PHARMACEUTICALS 1000 00185-0213-05 EON LABS 500 49884-*741-05 PAR 1000 mg PHARMACEUTICALS 500 55289-*919-30 PDRX 1000 mg PHARMACEUTICALS 270 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 500 mg Technical Reference Guide 2-6 Diagnosis and Code Sets Using Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) Codes The World Health Organization’s (WHO) Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) codes may also be processed with the ACG System. In the ATC classification system, the drugs are divided into different groups according to the organ or system on which they act and their chemical, pharmacological and therapeutic properties. Drugs are classified in groups at five different levels. The drugs are divided into fourteen main groups (first level), with one pharmacological/therapeutic subgroup (second level). The third and fourth levels are chemical/pharmacological/therapeutic subgroups and the fifth level is the chemical substance. The second, third and fourth levels are often used to identify pharmacological subgroups when that is considered more appropriate than therapeutic or chemical subgroups. Table 2 provides the complete classification of metformin and code structure. Table 2: Classification of Metformin The complete classification of metformin illustrates the structure of the code. Code Description A Alimentary tract and metabolism (first level, anatomical main group) A10 Drugs used in diabetes (second level, therapeutic subgroup) A10B Blood glucose lowering drugs, excludes insulins (third level, pharmacological subgroup) A10BA Biguanides (fourth level, chemical subgroup) A10BA02 Metformin (fifth level, chemical substance) The ATC system was created to serve as a tool for drug utilization research. Because the ATC system has been specifically designed to capture the therapeutic use of the main active ingredient, there is much more relevant information imbedded in an ATC code for making Rx-MG assignments (reference the chapter entitled, “Medication Defined Morbidity” in the Technical Reference Guide for a more detailed description of the RxMG assignment methodology.) Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-i 3 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) A Brief Overview ........................................................................................... 3-1 The Development of the ACGs .................................................................. 3-1 How ACGs Work ....................................................................................... 3-2 Overview of the ACG Assignment Process ................................................. 3-3 Step 1: Mapping ICD Codes to a Parsimonious Set of Aggregated Diagnosis Groups (ADGs) ......................................................................... 3-3 Table 1: ADGs and Common ICD-9-CM Codes Assigned to Them ........ 3-4 Major ADGs .................................................................................................. 3-6 Table 2: Major ADGs for Adult and Pediatric Populations ...................... 3-6 Step 2: Creating a Manageable Number of ADG Subgroups (CADGs) ... 3-6 Table 3: The Collapsed ADG Clusters and the ADGs That They Comprise3-7 Step 3: Frequently Occurring Combinations of CADGs (MACs) ............ 3-8 Table 4: MACs and the Collapsed ADGs Assigned to Them ................... 3-8 Step 4: Forming the Terminal Groups (ACGs) ......................................... 3-9 Concurrent ACG-Weights .......................................................................... 3-9 Resource Utilization Bands (RUBs) ........................................................ 3-10 Table 5: The Final ACG Categories, Reference Concurrent Weights and RUBs ........................................................................................................ 3-11 Figure 1: ACG Decision Tree ................................................................. 3-19 Figure 2: Decision Tree for MAC-12—Pregnant Women ...................... 3-21 Figure 3: Decision Tree for MAC-26—Infants....................................... 3-23 Figure 4: Decision Tree for MAC-24—Multiple ADG Categories ........ 3-25 Clinical Aspects of ACGs ........................................................................... 3-26 Duration .................................................................................................... 3-26 Severity..................................................................................................... 3-27 Diagnostic Certainty ................................................................................. 3-27 Etiology .................................................................................................... 3-27 Expected Need for Specialty Care ........................................................... 3-27 Table 6: Duration, Severity, Etiology, and Certainty of the Aggregated Diagnosis Groups (ADGs) ....................................................................... 3-28 Clinically Oriented Examples of ACGs..................................................... 3-30 Chronic Illnesses ...................................................................................... 3-30 Example 1: Hypertension ........................................................................ 3-31 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 3-ii Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Example 2: Diabetes Mellitus ................................................................. 3-32 Pregnancy ................................................................................................. 3-34 Example 3: Pregnancy/Delivery with Complications ............................. 3-34 Table 7: Clinical Classification of Pregnancy/Delivery ACGs ............... 3-35 Infants ....................................................................................................... 3-35 Example 4: Infants .................................................................................. 3-36 Table 8: Clinical Classification of Infant ACGs ..................................... 3-37 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-1 A Brief Overview The Johns Hopkins ACG Case-Mix System (― the ACG System‖) is a statistically valid, diagnosis-based, case-mix methodology that allows healthcare providers, health plans, and public-sector agencies to describe or predict a population‘s past or future healthcare utilization and costs. The ACG System is also widely used by researchers and analysts to compare various patient populations‘ prior health resource use, while taking into account morbidity or illness burden. Adjusted Clinical Group actuarial cells, or ACGs, are the building blocks of the Johns Hopkins ACG Case-Mix System (― the ACG System‖) methodology. ACGs are a series of mutually exclusive, health status categories defined by morbidity, age, and sex. They are based on the premise that the level of resources necessary for delivering appropriate healthcare to a population is correlated with the illness burden of that population. ACGs are used to determine the morbidity profile of patient populations to more fairly assess provider performance, to reimburse providers based on the health needs of their patients, and to allow for more equitable comparisons of utilization or outcomes across two or more patient or enrollee aggregations. The Development of the ACGs The concept of ACG actuarial cells grew out of research by Dr. Barbara Starfield and her colleagues in the late 1970s when they examined the relationship between morbidity or illness burden and healthcare services utilization among children in managed care settings. The research team theorized that the children using the most healthcare resources were not those with a single chronic illness, but rather were those with multiple, seemingly unrelated conditions. To test their original hypothesis, illnesses found within pediatric HMO populations were grouped into five discrete categories: 1. Minor illnesses that are self-limited if treated appropriately, e.g., the flu, or chicken pox. 2. Illnesses that are more severe but also time-limited if treated appropriately, e.g., a broken leg or pneumonia. 3. Medical illnesses that are generally chronic and which remain incurable even with medical therapy, e.g., diabetes or cystic fibrosis. 4. Illnesses resulting from structural problems that are generally not curable even with adequate and appropriate intervention, e.g., cerebral palsy or scoliosis. 5. Psychosocial conditions, e.g., behavior problems or depression. The Johns Hopkins team‘s findings supported the hypothesis that clustering of morbidity is a better predictor of health services resource use than the presence of specific diseases. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-2 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) This finding forms the basis of the current ACG System and remains the fundamental concept that differentiates ACGs from other case-mix adjustment methodologies. Since this early research more than two decades ago, the Johns Hopkins ACG Case-Mix System has been refined and expanded based on years of extensive research and development in collaboration with over 25 private and public health plans. The peer reviewed research literature on the ACG System by the Johns Hopkins team and others is quite extensive and we encourage you to study it. (See Bibliography at the end of this guide for a complete listing of ACG-related publications.) How ACGs Work ACGs are a person-focused method of categorizing patients‘ illnesses. Over time, each person develops numerous conditions. Based on the pattern of these morbidities, the ACG approach assigns each individual to a single ACG category. Thus, an ACG captures the specific clustering of morbidities experienced by a person over a given period of time, such as a year. The ACG System assigns all ICD (-9,-9-CM,-10) codes to one of 32 diagnosis clusters known as Aggregated Diagnosis Groups, or ADGs. Individual diseases or conditions are placed into a single ADG cluster based on five clinical dimensions: Duration of the condition (acute, recurrent, or chronic): How long will healthcare resources be required for the management of this condition? Severity of the condition (e.g., minor and stable versus major and unstable): How intensely must healthcare resources be applied to manage the condition? Diagnostic certainty (symptoms versus documented disease): Will a diagnostic evaluation be needed or will services for treatment be the primary focus? Etiology of the condition (infectious, injury, or other): What types of healthcare services will likely be used? Specialty care involvement (e.g., medical, surgical, obstetric, hematology): To what degree will specialty care services be required? All diseases--even those yet to be discovered--can be classified along these dimensions and categorized into one of these 32 ADG clusters1. Because most management applications for population-based case-mix adjustment systems require that patients be grouped into single, mutually exclusive categories, the 1 Please note that originally when the ACG System was termed the Ambulatory Care Group System, ADG stood for Ambulatory Diagnostic Groups. Today, we retain the ADG acronym and call them Aggregated Diagnosis Groups. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-3 ACG methodology uses a branching algorithm to place people into one of 932 discrete categories based on their assigned ADGs, their age and their sex. The result is that individuals within a given ACG have experienced a similar pattern of morbidity and resource consumption over the course of a given year. ACGs can be assigned to individuals using readily available diagnostic information derived from outpatient or ambulatory physician visit claims records, encounter records, inpatient hospital claims, and computerized discharge abstracts. A patient/enrollee is assigned to a single ACG based on the diagnoses assigned by all clinicians seeing them during all contacts, regardless of setting. Thus ACGs are truly person-oriented and are not based on visits or episodes. Typically, ACGs perform up to ten times better than age and sex adjustment, the traditional risk-adjustment mechanism used within the health insurance industry. Overview of the ACG Assignment Process The ACG System relies on automated claims or encounter data derived from healthcare settings to characterize the degree of overall morbidity in patients and populations. ACGs are designed to be conceptually simple, accessible, and practical to both clinicians and managers. A significant advantage of the ACG System is its open architecture. Unlike other case-mix, severity, and profiling systems‘ decision rules, those used for ACGs are not housed in a ― black box.‖ The ACG grouping logic is easily accessible to the user. This chapter provides a detailed description of the ACG grouping logic. There is a section in this chapter entitled, ― Clinical Aspects of ACGs‖ that expands this discussion by providing a clinical discussion of the ACG System. Step 1: Mapping ICD Codes to a Parsimonious Set of Aggregated Diagnosis Groups (ADGs) There are roughly 25,000 ICD (-9 or -10) diagnosis codes that clinicians can use to describe patients‘ health conditions. The first step of the ACG grouping logic is to assign each of these codes to one of 32 diagnosis groups referred to as Aggregated Diagnosis Groups, or ADGs. The ICD-to-ADG mapping embedded in the ACG Software includes an ADG assignment for all3 ICD codes in the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services 2 There are 82 default categories and 93 if all optional branchings are turned on. 3 Because they indicate the cause of injury rather than an underlying morbidity, E-codes have generally been excluded from the ICD-9 to ADG mapping. Some E-codes representing iatrogenic conditions and adverse effects are included in the mapping. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-4 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) list of ICD-9 codes4. ICD-10 codes are sourced from the Official ICD-10 Updates published by the World Health Organization. Each ADG is a grouping of diagnosis codes that are similar in terms of severity and likelihood of persistence of the health condition treated over a relevant period of time (such as a year of HMO enrollment). ICD codes within the same ADG are similar in terms of both clinical criteria and expected need for healthcare resources. Just as individuals may have multiple ICD diagnosis codes, they may have multiple ADGs (up to 32). Table 1 lists the 32 ADGs and exemplary diagnosis codes. ADGs are distinguished by several clinical characteristics (time limited or not, medical/specialty/pregnancy, physical health/psycho-social), and degree of refinement of the problem (diagnosis or symptom/sign). They are not categorized by organ system or disease. Instead, they are based on clinical dimensions that help explain or predict the need for healthcare resources over time. The need for healthcare resources is primarily determined by the likelihood of persistence of problems and their level of severity rather than organ system involvement. See the section entitled, ― Clinical Aspects of ACGs,‖ in this manual for further discussion of these clinical criteria. Table 1: ADGs and Common ICD-9-CM Codes Assigned to Them ADG 1. Time Limited: Minor 2. Time Limited: Minor-Primary Infections Time Limited: Major 3. 4. 5. Time Limited: Major-Primary Infections Allergies 6. Asthma 7. Likely to Recur: Discrete 8. Likely to Recur: Discrete-Infections 9. Likely to Recur: Progressive 10. Chronic Medical: Stable 11. Chronic Medical: Unstable 12. Chronic Specialty: Stable-Orthopedic 4 ICD-9-CM Diagnosis Code 558.9 691.0 079.9 464.4 451.2 560.3 573.3 711.0 477.9 708.9 493.0 493.1 274.9 724.5 474.0 599.0 250.10 434.0 250.00 401.9 282.6 277.0 721.0 Noninfectious Gastroententris Diaper or Napkin Rash Unspecified Viral Infection Croup Phlebitis of Lower Extremities Impaction of Intestine Hepatitis, Unspecified Pyogenic Arthritis Allergic Rhinitis, Cause Unspecified Unspecified Urticaria Extrinsic Asthma Intrinsic Asthma Gout, Unspecified Backache, Unspecified Chronic Tonsillitus Urinary Tract Infection Adult Onset Type II Diabetes w/ Ketoacidosis Cerebral Thrombosis Adult-Onset Type 1 Diabetes Essential Hypertension Sickle-Cell Anemia Cystic Fibrosis Cervical Spondylosis Without Myelopathy Available for download at http://www.cms.gov. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-5 ADG 13. Chronic Specialty: Stable-Ear, Nose, Throat 14. Chronic Specialty: Stable-Eye 15. No Longer in Use* 16. Chronic Specialty: UnstableOrthopedic 17. Chronic Specialty: Unstable-Ear, Nose, Throat 18. Chronic Specialty: Unstable-Eye 19. No Longer in Use* 20. Dermatologic 21. Injuries/Adverse Effects: Minor 22. Injuries/Adverse Effects: Major 23. Psychosocial: Time Limited, Minor 24. Psychosocial: Recurrent or Persistent, Stable 25. Psychosocial: Recurrent or Persistent, Unstable 26. Signs/Symptoms: Minor 27. Signs/Symptoms: Uncertain 28. Signs/Symptoms: Major 29. Discretionary 30. See and Reassure 31. Prevention/Administrative 32. Malignancy 33. Pregnancy 34. Dental ICD-9-CM Diagnosis Code 718.8 389.14 385.3 367.1 372.9 Other Joint Derangement Central Hearing Loss Cholesteatoma Myopia Unspecified Disorder of Conjunctiva 724.02 732.7 386.0 383.1 365.9 379.0 Spinal Stenosis of Lumbar Region Osteochondritis Dissecans Meniere's Disease Chronic Mastoiditis Unspecified Glaucoma Scleritis/Episcleritis 078.1 448.1 847.0 959.1 854.0 972.1 Viral Warts Nevus, Non-Neoplastic Neck Sprain Injury to Trunk Intracranial Injury Poisoning by Cardiotonic Glycosides and Similar Drugs Cannabis Abuse, Unspecified Brief Depressive Reaction Panic Disorder Bulimia Catatonic Schizophrenia Alcohol Withdrawal Delirium Tremens Headache Pain in Limb Effusion of Lower Leg Joint Malaise and Fatigue Cardiomegaly Syncope and Collaspe Inguinal Hernia (NOS) Sebaceous Cyst Hypertrophy of Breast Localized Adiposity Routine Infant or Child Health Check Gynecological Examination Malignant Neoplasm of Breast (NOS) Hodgkin's Disease, Unspecified Type Pregnant State Delivery in a Completely Normal Case Dental Caries Chronic Gingivitis 305.2 309.0 300.01 307.51 295.2 291.0 784.0 729.5 719.06 780.7 429.3 780.2 550.9 706.2 611.1 278.1 V20.2 V72.3 174.9 201.9 V22.2 650.0 521.0 523.1 *Note: Only 32 of the 34 markers are currently in use. When the user applies the lenient diagnostic certainty option, any single diagnosis qualifying for an ADG marker will turn the marker on. However, the user may also apply a stringent diagnostic certainty option. For a subset of diagnoses, there must be more than one diagnosis qualifying for the marker in order for the ADG to be assigned. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-6 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) This was designed to provide greater confidence in the ADGs assigned to a patient. For more information, refer to the Installation and Usage Guide, Chapter 4. Major ADGs Some ADGs have very high expected resource use and are labeled ― Major ADGs.‖ Table 2 presents major ADGs for adult and pediatric populations. Table 2: Major ADGs for Adult and Pediatric Populations Pediatric Major ADGs (ages 0-17 years) 3 Time Limited: Major 9 Likely to Recur: Progressive 11 Chronic Medical: Unstable 12 Chronic Specialty: Stable-Orthopedic 13 Chronic Specialty: Stable-Ear, Nose, Throat 18 Chronic Specialty: Unstable-Eye 25 Psychosocial: Recurrent or Persistent, Unstable 32 Malignancy Adult Major ADGs (ages 18 and up) 3 Time Limited: Major 4 Time Limited: Major-Primary Infections 9 Likely to Recur: Progressive 11 Chronic Medical: Unstable 16 Chronic Specialty: Unstable-Orthopedic 22 Injuries/Adverse Effects: Major 25 Psychosocial: Recurrent or Persistent, Unstable 32 Malignancy Step 2: Creating a Manageable Number of ADG Subgroups (CADGs) The ultimate goal of the ACG algorithm is to assign each person to a single morbidity group (i.e., an ACG). There are 4.3 billion possible combinations of ADGs, so to create a more manageable number of unique combinations of morbidity groupings, the 32 ADGs are collapsed into 12 CADGs or Collapsed ADGs (Table 3). Like ADGs, CADGs are not mutually exclusive in that an individual can be assigned to as few as none or as many as 12. Although numerous analytic techniques could be used to form CADGs from ADGs, the ACG Case-Mix System has placed the emphasis on clinical cogency. Three clinical criteria are used: the similarity of likelihood of persistence or recurrence of diagnoses within the ADG, i.e., time-limited, likely to recur, or chronic groupings; the severity of the condition, i.e., minor versus major and stable versus unstable; and the types of healthcare services required for patient management--medical versus specialty, eye/dental, psychosocial, prevention/administrative, and pregnancy. ADGs and CADGs can be used for various analytic and research applications that do not require mutually exclusive categories such as multivariate predictive or explanatory models. See the ACG publication list in Appendix A for additional examples of these approaches. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-7 Table 3: The Collapsed ADG Clusters and the ADGs That They Comprise Collapsed ADG (CADG) 1. Acute Minor 2. Acute Major 3. Likely to Recur 4. 5. Asthma Chronic Medical: Unstable 6. Chronic Medical: Stable 7. Chronic Specialty: Stable 8. Eye/Dental 9. Chronic Specialty: Unstable 10. Psychosocial 11. Preventive/Administrative 12. Pregnancy Technical Reference Guide ADGs in Each 1 Time Limited: Minor 2 Time Limited: Minor-Primary Infections 21 Injuries/Adverse Events: Minor 26 Signs/Symptoms: Minor 3 Time Limited: Major 4 Time Limited: Major-Primary Infections 22 Injuries/Adverse Events: Major 27 Signs/Symptoms: Uncertain 28 Signs/Symptoms: Major 5 Allergies 7 Likely to Recur: Discrete 8 Likely to Recur: Discrete-Infections 20 Dermatologic 29 Discretionary 6 Asthma 9 Likely to Recur: Progressive 11 Chronic Medical: Unstable 32 Malignancy 10 Chronic Medical: Stable 30 See and Reassure 12 Chronic Specialty: Stable-Orthopedic 13 Chronic Specialty: Stable-Ear, Nose, Throat 14 Chronic Specialty: Stable-Eye 34 Dental 16 Chronic Specialty: Unstable-Orthopedic 17 Chronic Specialty: Unstable-Ear, Nose, Throat 18 Chronic Specialty: Unstable-Eye 23 Psycho-social: Time Limited, Minor 24 Psycho-social: Recurrent or Persistent, Stable 25 Psycho-social: Recurrent or Persistent, Unstable 31 Prevention/Administrative 33 Pregnancy The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-8 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Step 3: Frequently Occurring Combinations of CADGs (MACs) The third step in the ACG categorization methodology assigns individuals into a single, mutually exclusive category, called a MAC. This grouping algorithm is based primarily on the pattern of CADGs. Table 4, below, shows the MACs and the Collapsed ADGs which comprise them. There are twenty-three commonly occurring combinations of CADGs which form MACs 1 through 23: The first 11 MACs correspond to presence of a single CADG. MAC-12 includes all pregnant women, regardless of their pattern of CADGs. MACs 13 through 23 are commonly occurring combinations of CADGs. MAC-24 includes all other combinations of CADGs. MAC-25 is used for enrollees with no service use or invalid diagnosis input data. MAC-26 includes all infants (age<12 months), regardless of the pattern of CADGs. Table 4: MACs and the Collapsed ADGs Assigned to Them MACs 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Acute: Minor Acute: Major Likely to Recur Asthma Chronic Medical: Unstable Chronic Medical: Stable Chronic Specialty: Stable Eye/Dental Chronic Specialty: Unstable Psychosocial Prevention/Administrative Pregnancy 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. Acute: Minor and Acute: Major Acute: Minor and Likely to Recur Acute: Minor and Chronic Medical: Stable Acute: Minor and Eye/Dental Acute: Minor and Psychosocial Acute: Major and Likely to Recur Acute: Minor and Acute: Major and Likely to Recur Acute: Minor and Likely to Recur and Eye and Dental Acute: Minor and Likely to Recur and Psychosocial Acute: Minor and Major and Likely to Recur and Chronic Medical: Stable The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 CADGs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 All CADG combinations that include CADG 12 1 and 2 1 and 3 1 and 6 1 and 8 1 and 10 2 and 3 1, 2 and 3 1, 3 and 8 1, 3, and 10 1, 2, 3, and 6 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-9 MACs 23. Acute: Minor and Major and Likely to Recur and Psychosocial 24. All Other Combinations Not Listed Above 25. No Diagnosis or Only Unclassified Diagnosis 26. Infants (age less than 1 year) CADGs 1, 2, 3, and 10 All Other Combinations No CADGs Any CADGs combinations and less than 1 year old Step 4: Forming the Terminal Groups (ACGs) MACs form the major branches of the ACG decision tree. The final step in the grouping algorithm divides the MAC branches into terminal groups, the actuarial cells known as ACGs. The logic used to split MACs into ACGs includes a combination of statistical considerations and clinical insight. During the ACG development process, the overarching goal for ACG assignment was to identify groups of individuals with similar needs for healthcare resources who also share similar clinical characteristics. Yale University‘s AUTOGRP Software (which performs recursive partitioning) was used to identify subdivisions of patients within a MAC who had similar needs for healthcare resources based on their overall expenditures. The variables taken into consideration included: age, sex, presence of specific ADGs, number of major ADGs, and total number of ADGs. (Note: Because prevention/administrative needs do not reflect morbidity, we do not include ADG31 in the count of total ADGs5). See Table 5, below, for a complete listing and description of all ACGs. Concurrent ACG-Weights A concurrent ACG weight is an assessment of the relative resource use for individuals in the ACG. The concurrent weight is calculated as the mean cost of all patients in an ACG divided by the mean cost of all patients in the population. A fixed set of concurrent ACG-weights derived from external reference data is available as part of the software output file. Separate sets of weights exist for under age 65 working age populations and for over 65 Medicare eligible populations and determined by the Risk Assessment Variables selected during processing. The weights produced by the software are relative weights, i.e., relative to a population mean, and are standardized to a mean of 1.0. An individual weight is associated with each ACG. In the case of an elderly reference set, the weights of some ACGs (e.g., those associated with pediatrics, pregnancy or newborns) may be extrapolated from an under 65 population. The software-supplied weights may be considered a national reference or benchmark for comparisons with 5 Readers are referred to Weiner (91) and Starfield (91) for more detail on the historical origins of the current system including the original Version 1.0 development process. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-10 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) locally calibrated ACG-weights. In some instances (e.g., for those with limited or no cost data), these weights may also be used as a reasonable proxy for local cost data. Table 5 provides a complete listing of ACGs and their corresponding nationally representative concurrent ACG-weight from the US Non-elderly and US Elderly Risk Assessment Variables. (See the following discussion regarding the importance of rescaling so that dollars are not over predicted or under predicted.) The software-supplied reference ACG-weights are supplied in two forms: unscaled and rescaled. Unscaled ACG-weights are simply the values of the reference ACG-weights applied to a population of interest. The mean value of the unscaled ACG-weights provides a rudimentary profiling statistic. If the mean of the unscaled ACG-weight is greater than 1.0 it indicates the rating population (the population to which the weights are being applied) is sicker than the reference population (the national reference database). If the mean is less than 1.0, it indicates the rating population is healthier. To ensure that dollars in the system are not over or under-estimated, we have also made available a rescaled or standardized ACG-weight that mathematically manipulates the unscaled ACG-weight to have a mean of 1.0 in the local population. The steps for performing this manually are discussed in Applications Guide, Chapter 3. Our experience indicates that concurrent (also referred to as retrospective) ACG-weights, especially when expressed as relative values, have remarkable stability. Where differences in ACG-weights across plans are present, it is almost universally attributable to differences in covered services reflected by different benefit levels. The software provided concurrent weights associated with the US Non-elderly Risk Assessment Variables were developed from a nationally representative database comprising approximately 4.7 million lives with comprehensive benefit coverage. If local cost data are available, the ACG Software also calculates local ACG-weights. These local weights more accurately reflect local benefit levels and area practice patterns. In general it is recommended that the reference population (on which the weights are developed) should be as similar as possible to the assessment population to which the weights are applied. However in the absence of local cost data, the reference weights may prove useful for calculating reasonably representative profiling statistics (reference Applications Guide, Chapter 3). Resource Utilization Bands (RUBs) ACGs were designed to represent clinically logical categories for persons expected to require similar levels of healthcare resources. However, enrollees with similar predicted (or expected) overall utilization may be assigned different ACGs because they have different epidemiological patterns of morbidity. For example, a pregnant woman with significant morbidity, an individual with a serious psychological condition, or someone with two chronic medical conditions may all be expected to use approximately the same level of resources even though they each fall into different ACG categories. In many instances users may find it useful to collapse the full set of ACGs into fewer categories, particularly where resource use similarity and not clinical cogency is a desired objective. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-11 Often a fewer number of combined categories will be easier to handle from an administrative perspective. ACGs can be combined into what we term Resource Utilization Bands (RUBs). The software automatically assigns 6 RUB classes: • 0 - No or Only Invalid Dx • 1 - Healthy Users • 2 - Low • 3 - Moderate • 4 - High • 5 - Very High The relationship between ACG categories and RUBs is defined in Table 5 below. Table 5: The Final ACG Categories, Reference Concurrent Weights and RUBs Reference Concurrent Weight ACG DESCRIPTION 0100 0200 0300 0400 Acute Minor, Age 1 Acute Minor, Age 2 to 5 Acute Minor, Age 6+ Acute Major Likely to Recur, w/o Allergies Likely to Recur, w/ Allergies Asthma Chronic Medical: Unstable Chronic Medical: Stable Chronic Specialty: Stable Eye & Dental Chronic Specialty: Unstable Psychosocial, w/o Psychosocial Unstable Psychosocial, w/ Psychosocial Unstable, w/o Psychosocial Stable Psychosocial, w/ Psychosocial Unstable, w/ Psychosocial Stable Preventive/Administrative Pregnancy, 0-1 ADGs Pregnancy, 0-1 ADGs, Delivered Pregnancy, 0-1 ADGs, 0500 0600 0700 0800 0900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1710* 1711 1712 Technical Reference Guide Commercially Insured (0 to 64 Years) Medicare Beneficiaries (65 Years and Older) 0.31 0.14 0.16 0.33 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.18 2 1 1 2 0.21 0.12 2 0.23 0.25 0.12 0.16 2 2 1.38 0.35 0.25 0.13 0.47 0.15 0.25 0.12 3 2 2 1 0.23 0.13 2 0.32 0.14 2 0.73 0.36 3 1.24 0.13 1.89 0.43 0.09 0.56 3 1 3 2.34 1.65 0.70 0.49 4 3 RUB The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-12 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Reference Concurrent Weight ACG 1720* 1721 1722 1730* 1731 1732 1740* 1741 1742 1750* 1751 1752 1760* 1761 1762 1770* 1771 1772 1800 1900 DESCRIPTION Not Delivered Pregnancy, 2-3 ADGs, no Major ADGs Pregnancy, 2-3 ADGs, no Major ADGs, Delivered Pregnancy, 2-3 ADGs, no Major ADGs, Not Delivered Pregnancy, 2-3 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs Pregnancy, 2-3 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, Delivered Pregnancy, 2-3 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, Not Delivered Pregnancy, 4-5 ADGs, no Major ADGs Pregnancy, 4-5 ADGs, no Major ADGs, Delivered Pregnancy, 4-5 ADGs, no Major ADGs, Not Delivered Pregnancy, 4-5 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs Pregnancy, 4-5 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, Delivered Pregnancy, 4-5 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, Not Delivered Pregnancy, 6+ ADGs, no Major ADGs Pregnancy, 6+ ADGs, no Major ADGs, Delivered Pregnancy, 6+ ADGs, no Major ADGs, Not Delivered Pregnancy, 6+ ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs Pregnancy, 6+ ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, Delivered Pregnancy, 6+ ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, Not Delivered Acute Minor/Acute Major Acute Minor/Likely to Recur, Age 1 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Commercially Insured (0 to 64 Years) Medicare Beneficiaries (65 Years and Older) 2.17 0.65 3 2.81 0.84 4 1.84 0.55 3 2.64 0.79 4 3.07 0.92 4 2.26 0.67 3 2.44 0.73 4 3.25 0.97 4 2.10 0.63 3 3.06 0.91 4 3.70 1.10 4 2.60 0.78 4 2.84 0.85 4 3.82 1.14 4 2.48 0.74 4 4.45 1.33 4 5.45 1.63 4 3.91 0.49 1.17 0.23 4 2 0.50 0.15 2 RUB Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-13 Reference Concurrent Weight ACG 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900 3000 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 DESCRIPTION Acute Minor/Likely to Recur, Age 2 to 5 Acute Minor/Likely to Recur, Age 6+, w/o Allergy Acute Minor/Likely to Recur, Age 6+, w/ Allergy Acute Minor/Chronic Medical: Stable Acute Minor/Eye & Dental Acute Minor/Psychosocial, w/o Psychosocial Unstable Acute Minor/Psychosocial, w/ Psychosocial Unstable, w/o Psychosocial Stable Acute Minor/Psychosocial, w/ Psychosocial Unstable, w/ Psychosocial Stable Acute Major/Likely to Recur Acute Minor/Acute Major/Likely to Recur, Age 1 Acute Minor/Acute Major/Likely to Recur, Age 2 to 5 Acute Minor/Acute Major/Likely to Recur, Age 6 to 11 Acute Minor/Acute Major/Likely to Recur, Age 12+, w/o Allergy Acute Minor/Acute Major/Likely to Recur, Age 12+, w/ Allergy Acute Minor/Likely to Recur/Eye & Dental Acute Minor/Likely to Recur/Psychosocial Technical Reference Guide Commercially Insured (0 to 64 Years) Medicare Beneficiaries (65 Years and Older) 0.27 0.08 2 0.29 0.18 2 0.34 0.11 2 0.42 0.17 2 0.24 0.12 2 0.40 0.14 2 0.88 0.28 3 1.40 0.49 3 0.53 0.24 3 0.94 0.28 3 0.57 0.17 3 0.51 0.15 3 0.79 0.30 3 0.82 0.21 3 0.42 0.19 2 0.65 0.18 3 RUB The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-14 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Reference Concurrent Weight ACG 3600 3700 3800 3900 4000 4100 4210 4220 4310 4320 4330 4410 4420 4430 4510 DESCRIPTION Acute Minor/Acute Major/Likely to Recur/Chronic Medical: Stable Acute Minor/Acute Major/Likely to Recur/Psychosocial 2-3 Other ADG Combinations, Age 1 to 17 2-3 Other ADG Combinations, Males Age 18 to 34 2-3 Other ADG Combinations, Females Age 18 to 34 2-3 Other ADG Combinations, Age 35+ 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age 1 to 17, no Major ADGs 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age 1 to 17, 1+ Major ADGs 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age 18 to 44, no Major ADGs 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age 18 to 44, 1 Major ADGs 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age 18 to 44, 2+ Major ADGs 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age 45+, no Major ADGs 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age 45+, 1 Major ADGs 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age 45+, 2+ Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age 1 to 5, no Major ADGs The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Commercially Insured (0 to 64 Years) Medicare Beneficiaries (65 Years and Older) 1.41 0.46 3 1.28 0.55 3 0.50 0.15 2 0.59 0.18 3 0.55 0.16 3 0.76 0.31 3 0.66 0.20 3 1.29 0.39 3 0.72 0.22 3 1.39 0.41 3 2.36 0.70 4 0.97 0.32 3 1.71 0.56 3 2.95 0.88 4 1.20 0.36 3 RUB Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-15 Reference Concurrent Weight ACG 4520 4610 4620 4710 4720 4730 4810 4820 4830 4910 4920 4930 4940 DESCRIPTION 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age 1 to 5, 1+ Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age 6 to 17, no Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age 6 to 17, 1+ Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Males, Age 18 to 34, no Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Males, Age 18 to 34, 1 Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Males, Age 18 to 34, 2+ Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Females, Age 18 to 34, no Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Females, Age 18 to 34, 1 Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Females, Age 18 to 34, 2+ Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age 35+, 0-1 Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age 35+, 2 Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age 35+, 3 Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age 35+, 4+ Major ADGs Technical Reference Guide Commercially Insured (0 to 64 Years) Medicare Beneficiaries (65 Years and Older) 2.27 0.68 4 1.11 0.33 3 2.50 0.75 4 1.13 0.34 3 1.99 0.59 3 3.93 1.17 4 1.22 0.36 3 1.93 0.58 3 3.48 1.04 4 2.09 0.70 3 4.05 1.21 4 6.89 1.87 5 12.59 2.89 5 RUB The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-16 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Reference Concurrent Weight ACG 5010 5020 5030 5040 5050 5060 5070 5110 5200 5310* 5311 5312 5320* 5321 5322 5330* 5331 DESCRIPTION 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 1 to 17, no Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 1 to 17, 1 Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 1 to 17, 2+ Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 18+, 0-1 Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 18+, 2 Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 18+, 3 Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 18+, 4+ Major ADGs No Diagnosis or Only Unclassified Diagnosis (2 input files) Non-Users (2 input files) Infants: 0-5 ADGs, no Major ADGs Infants: 0-5 ADGs, no Major ADGs, Low Birth Weight Infants: 0-5 ADGs, no Major ADGs, Normal Birth Weight Infants: 0-5 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs Infants: 0-5 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, Low Birth Weight Infants: 0-5 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, Normal Birth Weight Infants: 6+ ADGs, no Major ADGs Infants: 6+ ADGs, no Major ADGs, Low Birth Weight The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Commercially Insured (0 to 64 Years) Medicare Beneficiaries (65 Years and Older) 2.25 0.67 3 3.95 1.18 4 12.72 3.80 5 3.32 1.06 4 5.28 1.60 4 8.28 2.40 5 18.85 4.60 5 0.00 0.90 0.00 0.27 1 0 7.45 2.22 3 0.85 0.25 4 3.66 1.09 3 15.66 4.67 4 2.39 0.71 5 1.69 0.50 4 5.34 1.59 3 1.63 0.49 4 RUB Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-17 Reference Concurrent Weight ACG 5332 5340* 5341 5342 9900 DESCRIPTION Infants: 6+ ADGs, no Major ADGs, Normal Birth Weight Infants: 6+ ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs Infants: 6+ ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, Low Birth Weight Infants: 6+ ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, Normal Birth Weight Invalid Age or Date of Birth Commercially Insured (0 to 64 Years) Medicare Beneficiaries (65 Years and Older) 10.15 3.03 3 28.35 8.46 5 6.14 1.83 5 0.86 0.26 4 0.31 0.09 0 RUB Source: PharMetrics, Inc., a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA; national cross-section of managed care plans; population of 4,740,000 commercially insured lives (less than 65 years old) and population of 257,404 Medicare beneficiaries (65 years and older), 2007. *Note: The default is to subdivide these groups on delivery or low birth weight status. Grouping the ACGs without these divisions is optional and must be turned on by the user in order to be used. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-18 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Figure 1, on the following page, illustrates the main branches of the ACG decision tree. Some MACs are not subdivided by the characteristics listed above because doing so did not increase the explanatory power of the ACG model. Some include only a single CADG: for instance, MAC-02 is composed of individuals with only acute major conditions. Others, such as MAC-01, acute conditions only, are subdivided into three age groups: ACG 0100 (Age=1 year), ACG 0200 (Age=2-5 years), and ACG 0300 (6 or more years) because resource use differs by age for individuals with this pattern of morbidity. MAC-10, including individuals with psychosocial morbidity only and MAC-17, including individuals with psychosocial and acute minor conditions, are further split by the presence of ADG-24 (recurrent or chronic stable psychosocial conditions) and ADG25 (recurrent or chronic unstable psychosocial conditions). The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-19 Figure 1: ACG Decision Tree ACG 9900 Age <1 w/ diagnosis Entire Population Missing Age To MAC-26 tree MAC-26 Age>= 1 Split into MACs Based on CADGs MAC-1 MAC-2 ACG 0400 Age MAC-4 ACG 0700 Yes No ACG 0200 MAC-9 ACG 1200 MAC-8 ACG 1100 MAC-11 ACG 1600 MAC-10 ACG 0600 ACG 0500 Yes ADG 24? MAC-13 ACG 1800 MAC-12 Key Collapsed ADG Aggregated Diagnosis Group Technical Reference Guide No MAC-14 MAC-17 MAC-16 ACG 2400 MAC-19 MAC-18 ACG 2800 No ACG 1300 Yes 1 ACG 1900 ADG 24? 2-5 ACG 2000 ADG 05? Yes ACG 2200 Yes No ACG 2100 MAC-23 ACG 3700 MAC-22 ACG 3600 MAC-20 ACG 3400 MAC-25 MAC-24 To MAC-24 tree 1 ACG 0100 No ACG 2500 1 or 2 input files? 2-5 ACG 0200 6+ ACG 0300 1 ACG 5100 12+ ACG 1500 ACG 1400 MAC-21 ACG 3500 Age ADG 25? Age 6+ Yes MAC-15 ACG 2300 To MAC-12 tree ADG 25? 6+ ACG 0300 CADG ADG MAC-7 ACG 1000 MAC-6 ACG 0900 ADG 05? 1 ACG 0100 2-5 MAC-5 ACG 0800 MAC-3 ADG 05? ACG 2700 Yes No ACG 2600 ACG 2200 No ACG 2100 2 Claims Info? Yes ACG 5110 No ACG 5200 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-20 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Figure 2, on the following page, illustrates the grouping logic for pregnant women. All women with at least one diagnosis code indicating pregnancy are assigned to MAC-12. The ACGs for pregnant women are formed with subdivisions first on total number of ADGs (0-1, 2-3, 4-5, 6+) and second, for individuals with two or more ADGs, a split on none versus one or more major ADGs. These two splits yield seven ACGs for pregnant women. Users may want to further subdivide the standard seven ACGs for pregnant women according to whether delivery has occurred during the time period of interest, yielding a total of 14 ACGs for women with a diagnosis of pregnancy. Either diagnosis codes for delivery or user-supplied information on delivery (e.g., CPT-4 codes for delivery) can be used to separate pregnant women according to delivery status. Because of the marked differences in resource consumption for women with and without delivery and generally adequate validity of diagnoses associated with delivery, most users will find this option desirable to use. By default, the software will use diagnosis codes to subdivide based on delivery status Refer to the chapter entitled, ― Basic Data Requirements‖ in the Installation and Usage Guide for a more detailed discussion of appropriate means of identifying delivery status using user-defined flags. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-21 Figure 2: Decision Tree for MAC-12—Pregnant Women MAC-12 # of ADGs 0-1 # of Major ADGs 0 ACG 1710 ACG 1720 2-3 # of Major ADGs 1+ 0 ACG 1730 ACG 1740 6+ 4-5 # of Major ADGs 1+ 0 ACG 1750 ACG 1760 1+ ACG 1770 Note: This level of branching is optional. Delivered? Yes No ACG 1711 ACG 1712 Delivered? Yes No ACG 1721 ACG 1722 Delivered? Yes No Delivered? ACG 1731 Yes ACG 1732 No ACG 1742 ACG 1741 Delivered? Yes No Delivered? ACG 1751 Yes ACG 1752 No ACG 1761 ACG 1762 Delivered? Yes ACG 1771 No ACG 1772 Key CADG ADG Collapsed ADG Aggregated Diagnosis Group Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-22 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Figure 3, on the following page, illustrates the branching algorithm for MAC-26, which includes all infants, regardless of their pattern of CADGs. The first bifurcation is made on the total number of ADGs. Each group is further subdivided by presence of the number of major ADGs. These two splits yield four ACG groups. For the infant ACGs, there is an optional additional split on birth weight. If a user has accurate birth weight information that can be linked with claims and enrollment files, the four standard infant ACGs can be further split into low birth weight (<2,500 grams) and normal birth weight (>2,500 grams). Our developmental work suggests that this additional split improves the explanatory power of the ACG System. However, two caveats are important to consider before using this ACG option. First, our research indicates poor validity for existing ICD-9-CM birth weight codes in some administrative data sets. Second, some populations may have such low rates of low birth weight infants that the number of infants grouped into an ACG may be too small for accurate estimates. In general, we recommend that at least 30 individuals per ACG are needed to obtain stable estimates of average resource use for that ACG. By default, the ACG System will divide infants based upon the presence or absence of a diagnosis code indicating low birth weight. Refer to the chapter entitled, ― Basic Data Requirements‖ in the Installation and Usage Guide for a more detailed discussion of appropriate means of identifying low birth weight status using user-defined flags. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-23 Figure 3: Decision Tree for MAC-26—Infants MAC-26 # of ADGs 0-5 # of Major ADGs 0 ACG 5310 Note: This level of branching is optional. Low Birth weight?* *Low birth weight refers to infants weighing less than 2500 grams. Key CADG ADG Yes No # of Major ADGs 1+ 0 ACG 5320 Low Birth weight?* ACG 5311 ACG 5312 Yes No 1+ ACG 5340 ACG 5330 Low Birth weight?* ACG 5321 Yes ACG 5322 No 6+ Low Birth weight?* ACG 5331 ACG 5332 Yes No ACG 5341 ACG 5342 Collapsed ADG Aggregated Diagnosis Group Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-24 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Figure 4, on the following page, illustrates the last branch of the ACG tree, MAC-24, which includes less frequently occurring combinations of CADGs. There are 33 ACGs within MAC-24. With MAC-24, the first two splits are total number of ADGs (2-3, 4-5, 6-9, and 10+) and then, within each of these four groups, by age. The age splits separate children (1-17 years) from adults (18+), and in some cases further subdivides within these groups. Additional divisions are made on sex and number of major ADGs. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-25 Figure 4: Decision Tree for MAC-24—Multiple ADG Categories MAC-24 # of ADGs 2-3 4-5 Age 1-17 18-34 Age Age ACG 3800 1-17 # of Major ADGs 18-44 Male ACG 3900 # of Major ADGs Female ACG 4000 35+ ACG 4100 Key CADG ADG 0 ACG 4210 1+ ACG 4220 0 ACG 4310 Sex Collapsed ADG Aggregated Diagnosis Group Technical Reference Guide 10+ 6-9 1-5 6-17 1 ACG 4320 2+ ACG 4330 18-34 Age # of Major ADGs # of Major ADGs # of Major ADGs 1 ACG 4420 2+ ACG 4430 1+ ACG 4520 0 ACG 4610 1+ ACG 4620 0-1 ACG 4910 35+ 0 ACG 5010 M # of Major ADGs 0 ACG 4710 1-17 1 ACG 4720 # of Major ADGs 1 ACG 5020 2+ ACG 5030 2+ ACG 4730 Sex 0 ACG 4410 45+ 0 ACG 4510 # of Major ADGs 2 ACG 4920 3 ACG 4930 4+ ACG 4940 F # of Major ADGs 0 ACG 4810 0-1 ACG 5040 1 ACG 4820 2+ ACG 4830 18+ # of Major ADGs 2 ACG 5050 3 ACG 5060 4+ ACG 5070 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-26 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Clinical Aspects of ACGs An ACG, the ‗building block‘ of the ACG System, is assigned based on all diagnosis codes assigned to a person by providers during a predetermined period of time. This makes ACGs different from most other case-mix measures (e.g., Diagnosis-Related Groups--DRGs, Ambulatory Patient Categories--APCs, or Episode Treatment Groups-ETGs). In these other systems, the case-mix unit of analysis is based on a designated service period and usually a single distinct clinical condition. For example, the service period may be defined based on a single procedure or an episode of care. In contrast, ACGs are based on all morbidities for which a person receives services over a defined period of time. The first step in the ACG assignment process is to categorize every ICD diagnosis code given to a patient into a unique morbidity grouping known as an ― ADG.‖ Each ADG is a group of ICD diagnosis codes that are homogenous with respect to specific clinical criteria and their demand on healthcare services. Patients with only one diagnosis over a time period are assigned only one ADG, while a patient with multiple diagnoses can be assigned to one or more ADGs: Example: A patient with both Obstructive Chronic Bronchitis (ICD-9-CM code 491.2) and Congestive Heart Failure (ICD-9-CM code 428.0) will fall into only one ADG, Chronic Medical: Unstable (ADG-11), while a patient with Candidiasis of Unspecified Site (ICD-9-CM code 112.9) and Acute Upper Respiratory Infections of Unspecified Site (ICD-9-CM code 465.9) will have two ADGs, Likely to Recur: Discrete Infections (ADG-8) and Time Limited: Minor-Primary Infections (ADG-2), respectively. ADGs represent a shift from standard methods for categorizing diagnosis codes. A class of diagnoses, such as all those for diabetes or bacterial pneumonia, may indicate a process that affects a specific organ system or pathophysiologic process. The criteria for ADG assignment depends on those features of a condition that are most helpful in understanding and predicting the duration and intensity of healthcare. Five clinical criteria guide the assignment of each diagnosis code into an ADG: duration, severity, diagnostic certainty, type of etiology, and expected need for specialty care. Table 6 shows how each of these five clinical criteria is applied to the 32 ADGs. Duration What is the expected length of time the health condition will last? Acute conditions are time limited and expected to resolve completely. Recurrent conditions occur episodically with inter-current disease-free intervals. Chronic conditions persist and are expected to require long-term management generally longer than one year. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-27 Severity What is the expected prognosis? How likely is the condition to worsen or lead to impairment, death, or an altered physiologic state? The ADG taxonomy divides acute conditions into minor and major categories corresponding to low and high severity, respectively. The system divides chronic conditions into stable and unstable based on the expected severity over time. Unstable conditions are more likely to have complications (related co-morbidities) than stable conditions and are expected to require more resources on an ongoing basis (e.g., more likely to need specialty care). Diagnostic Certainty Some diagnosis codes are given for signs/symptoms and are associated with diagnostic uncertainty. As such, they may require watchful waiting only or substantial work-up. The three ADGs for signs/symptoms are arrayed by expected intensity of diagnostic work-up, from low to intermediate to high. Etiology What is the cause of the health condition? Specific causes suggest the likelihood of different treatments. Infectious diseases usually require anti-microbial therapy; injuries may need emergency medical services, surgical management, or rehabilitation; anatomic problems may require surgical intervention; neoplastic diseases could involve surgical care, radiotherapy, chemotherapy; psychosocial problems require mental health services; pregnancy involves obstetric services; and, medical problems may require pharmacologic, rehabilitative, or supportive management. Expected Need for Specialty Care Would the majority of patients with this condition be expected to require specialty care management from one of the following types of specialized providers: orthopedic surgeon, otolaryngologist, ophthalmologist, dermatologist? In addition to these subspecialties, certain other ADG categories imply that specialty care is more likely. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-28 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Table 6: Duration, Severity, Etiology, and Certainty of the Aggregated Diagnosis Groups (ADGs) Note: ADGs 15 and 19 are no longer used. ADG Expected Need for Specialty Care Duration Severity Etiology Medical, noninfectious Medical, infectious Medical, noninfectious Medical, infectious Allergy Mixed High Unlikely High Unlikely High Likely High Likely High High Possibly Possibly Medical, noninfectious Medical, infectious Medical, noninfectious Medical, noninfectious Medical, noninfectious Anatomic/ Musculoskeletal Anatomic/Ears, Nose, Throat Anatomic/Eye Anatomic/ Musculoskeletal Anatomic/Ears, Nose, Throat High Unlikely High Unlikely High Likely High Unlikely High Likely High Likely: orthopedics High Likely: ENT High High Likely: ophthalmology Likely: orthopedics High Likely: ENT 1. Time Limited: Minor Acute Low 2. Time Limited: Minor-Primary Infections Acute Low 3. Time Limited: Major Acute High 4. Time Limited: Major-Primary Infections Acute High 5. 6. Allergies Asthma Low Low 7. Likely to Recur: Discrete Recurrent Recurrent or Chronic Recurrent 8. Likely to Recur: Discrete-Infections Recurrent Low 9. Likely to Recur: Progressive Recurrent High 10. Chronic Medical: Stable Chronic Low 11. Chronic Medical: Unstable Chronic High 12. Chronic Specialty: Stable-Orthopedic Chronic Low 13. Chronic Specialty: Stable-Ear, Nose, Throat Chronic Low 14. Chronic Specialty: Stable-Ophthalmology 16. Chronic Specialty: Unstable-Orthopedics Chronic Chronic Low High 15. Chronic Specialty: Unstable-Ear, Nose, Throat Chronic High The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Diagnostic Certainty Low Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) ADG 16. Chronic Specialty: Unstable-Ophthalmology 20. Dermatologic 17. 18. 19. 20. Injuries/Adverse Effects: Minor Injuries/Adverse Effects: Major Psychosocial: Time Limited, Minor Psychosocial: Recurrent or Chronic, Stable 21. Psychosocial: Recurrent or Persistent, Unstable 22. 23. 24. 25. Signs/Symptoms: Minor Signs/Symptoms: Uncertain Signs/Symptoms: Major Discretionary 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. See and Reassure Prevention/Administrative Malignancy Pregnancy Dental Technical Reference Manual 3-29 Duration Severity Etiology Diagnostic Certainty Chronic Acute, recurrent Acute Acute Acute Recurrent or Chronic Recurrent or Chronic Uncertain Uncertain Uncertain Acute High Low to High Anatomic/Eye Mixed High High Likely: ophthalmology Likely: dermatology Low High Low Low Injury Injury Psychosocial Psychosocial High High High High Unlikely Likely Unlikely Likely: mental health High Psychosocial High Likely: mental health Low Uncertain High Low or High Mixed Mixed Mixed Anatomic Low Low Low High Low N/A High Low Low to High Anatomic N/A Neoplastic Pregnancy Mixed High N/A High High High Unlikely Uncertain Likely Likely: surgical specialties Unlikely Unlikely Likely: oncology Likely: obstetrics Likely: dental Acute N/A Chronic Acute Acute, recurrent, chronic Expected Need for Specialty Care The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-30 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Clinically Oriented Examples of ACGs Patients are categorized into an ACG based on the pattern of ADGs experienced over a predetermined interval and, in some cases, their age and sex. This approach focuses on the totality of diseases experienced by a person rather than any specific disease. Because this method diverges from the traditional biomedical, categorical method of examining morbidity, we show how ACGs classify patients with specific types of diseases. In the examples that follow, we categorize patients by choosing a specific clinical feature that they have, such as a disease, pregnancy, or by their age. These examples show how the presence of other diseases or total number of ADGs changes ACG assignment. Chronic Illnesses On the following pages, Example 1 presents three patients with hypertension and Example 2 presents three patients with diabetes. These individuals were actual patients selected from a private health plan database. The input data used by the ACG grouping software, the output produced by the software, and the associated resource consumption variables are presented. As these patients demonstrate, there is substantial variability in patterns of morbidity and need for healthcare for different patients classified by a specific condition such as hypertension or diabetes. Thus, knowing only that a patient has a particular medical problem, even if it is a chronic condition, provides little information about the need for medical services. In general, as the number of different types of morbidities increases, the total number of ambulatory visits increases as does total expenditures. However, the total burden of morbidity as represented by the ACG – that is, the constellation of ADGs and presence of major ADGs is the most important determinant of resource consumption. In Example 2, for diabetes, during the assessment period Patient 1 had diagnosis codes given only for uncomplicated diabetes mellitus and a routine medical exam and is therefore classified into the ACG for patients with stable, chronic medical conditions (ACG-0900). In contrast, all three of the patients with hypertension as well as Patients 2 and 3 with diabetes are in ACGs that branch from MAC-24 (combinations of ADGs not otherwise classified). This occurs because their combinations of ADGs occur too infrequently to merit a separate ACG. Patients in MAC-24 have both high levels of morbidity and high levels of health need. There is a strong link between the total number of ADGs/major ADGs and resource consumption. Although not shown in the examples, there are two additional ACGs that describe commonly occurring combinations of morbidity for individuals with stable, chronic medical conditions. ACG-2300 (Chronic Medical--Stable and Acute Minor) is assigned to patients with uncomplicated diabetes, hypertension, or other stable chronic conditions and a minor illness, injury, or symptom. Individuals in ACG-3600 have four types of morbidities: stable chronic medical conditions (which includes the diagnosis of The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-31 hypertension), acute minor conditions, conditions of low severity likely to reoccur, and acute major conditions. Example 1: Hypertension The following patient types demonstrate the levels of hypertension, ADGs, and associated costs. Patient 1: Low Cost Patient with Hypertension Input Data/Patient Characteristics ACG Output Age/Sex: 56/Male ACG-4100: 2-3 Other ADG Combinations, age > 35 Conditions: Hypertension, Disorders of lipid metabolism, Glaucoma, and Bursitis/synovitis ADGs: 07, 10, and 18. Likely to Recur: Discrete, Chronic Medical: Stable, and Chronic Specialty: Unstable Eye Resource Consumption Variables Total Cost: $318 Ambulatory visits: 2 >1 Hospitalization: N Patient 2: High Cost Patient with Hypertension Input Data/Patient Characteristics Age/Sex: 53/Male Conditions: Hypertension, General medical exam, Cardiovascular symptoms; Ischemic heart disease, Disorders of lipid metabolism, Debility/fatigue, Cerobrovascular disease, Arthralgia, and Bursitis/synovitis ACG Output ACG-4430: 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age >45, 2 +Majors ADGS: 01, 09*, 10, 11*, 27, and 31. Time Limited: Minor, Likely to Recur: Progressive, Chronic Medical: Stable, Chronic Medical: Unstable, Signs/Symptoms: Uncertain and Prevention/Administrative Resource Consumption Variables Total Cost: $1,968 Ambulatory visits: 7 >1 Hospitalization: N *Major ADG, all ages Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-32 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Patient 3: Very High Cost Patient with Hypertension Input Data/Patient Characteristics Age/Sex: 47/Male Conditions: Hypertension, General medical exam, Ischemic heart disease, Congenital heart disease, Cardiac valve disorders, Gastrointestinal signs/ symptoms, Diverticular disease of colon, Chest pain, and Lower back pain ACG Output ACG- 4920: 6-9 Other ADGs Combination, Age >35, 2 Majors ADGs: 07, 09*, 11*, 27, 28, and 31. Likely to Recur: Discrete, Likely to Recur: Progressive, Chronic Medical: Stable, Chronic Medical: Unstable, Signs/Symptoms: Uncertain, Signs/Symptoms: Major, and Prevention/Administrative Resource Consumption Variables Total Cost: $16,960 Ambulatory visits: 22 >1 Hospitalization: Y *Major ADG, all ages Example 2: Diabetes Mellitus The following patient types demonstrate the levels of diabetes mellitus, ADGs, and associated costs. Patient 1: Low Cost Patient with Diabetes Input Data/Patient Characteristics ACG Output Age/Sex: 57/Female ACG-0900: Chronic Medical, Stable Conditions: Diabetes mellitus and General medical exam ADGs: 10 and 32. Chronic Medical: Stable and Prevention/Administrative The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Resource Consumption Variables Total Cost: $418 Ambulatory visits: 3 >1 Hospitalization: N Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-33 Patient 2: High Cost Patient with Diabetes Input Data/Patient Characteristics Age/Sex: 54/Female Conditions: Diabetes mellitus, General medical exam, Congestive heart failure, Thrombophlebitis, contusions and abrasions, Non-fungal infections of skin, disease of nail, Chest pain, Vertiginous syndromes, Fibrositismyalgia, Respiratory signs/symptoms, and cough ACG Output ACG-4930: 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, age >35, 3 Major ADGs: 01, 04*, 09*, 10, 11*, 21, 27, 28, and 31. Time Limited: Minor, Time Limited: Major Primary Infection, Likely to Recur: Progressive, Chronic Medical: Stable, Chronic Medical: Unstable, Injuries/Adverse Resource Consumption Variables Total Cost: $2,122 Ambulatory visits: 16 >1 Hospitalization: N *Major ADG, all ages Patient 3: Very High Cost Patient with Diabetes Input Data/Patient Characteristics ACG Output Age/Sex: 38/Female ACG-5060: 10 + Other ADG Combination, age >17, 3 Majors Conditions: Diabetes mellitus, General medical exam, Cardiovascular symptoms, Cardiac arrhythmia, Sinusitis, Abdominal pain, Anorectal conditions, Benign/unspecified neoplasm, Otitis media, Cholelithiasis, Cholecystitis, Acute lower respiratory ADGs: 01, 02, 03*, 06, 07, 08, 09*, 10, 11*, 27, 28, 29, 30, and 31. Time Limited: Minor, Time Limited: Minor- Primary Infections, Time Limited: Major, Asthma, Likely to Recur: Discrete, Likely to Recur: Discrete-Infections, Likely to Recur: Progressive, Chronic Medical: Stable, Chronic Medical: Unstable, Signs/Symptoms: Uncertain, Signs/ Symptoms: Major, Discretionary, See/ Reassure, and Prevention/Administrative Resource Consumption Variables Total Cost: $12,944 Ambulatory visits: 14 >1 Hospitalization: Y *Major ADG, all ages Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-34 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Pregnancy Using diagnosis codes for pregnancy, the ACG system identifies all women who were pregnant during the assessment period and places them into the pregnancy MAC. ACGs are formed based on (1) total number of ADGs, (2) presence of ― complications‖ (i.e., presence of a major ADG), and (3) whether the woman delivered (the user may override this default level of assignment). Example 3 shows how the ACG System groups women with a complicated pregnancy/delivery. Both women in the example had ICD-9-CM codes that map to ADG03 (an acute major morbidity). The salient difference between the two that explains the difference in resource consumption is that Patient #2 had a greater number of ADGs and more major ADGs and thus fits into a more resource intensive ACG. That is, Patient #2 had a higher level of morbidity than #1, even though both women experienced a complicated pregnancy/delivery. Table 7 presents an alternative clinical categorization of the pregnancy/delivery ACGs. Three dimensions are used to classify the ACGs – number of ADGs, presence of major ADGs, and whether the women delivered during the assessment period. Resource consumption increases along each of the three axes: presence of delivery, presence of a major ADG, and number of ADGs. Using various combinations of these ACGs, a clinician or manager can determine the proportion of women with complicated pregnancies and deliveries overall, and with different levels of morbidity. The need for specialty services will be greatest for those women with higher levels of morbidity and complications as defined by presence of a major ADG. Example 3: Pregnancy/Delivery with Complications The following patient types demonstrate the levels of pregnancy and delivery with complications, ADGs, and associated costs. Patient 1: Pregnancy/Delivery with Complications, Low Morbidity Input Data/Patient Characteristics Age/Sex: 32/Female Conditions: General medical exam, Pregnancy and delivery uncomplicated and Pregnancy and delivery - with complications. ACG Output ACG-1731: 2-3 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, Delivered ADGs: 03*, 28, 31, and 33. Time Limited: Major, Signs/Symptoms: Major, Prevention/ Administrative, and Pregnancy Resource Consumption Variables Total Cost: $8,109 Ambulatory visits: N/A >1 Hospitalization: Y *Major ADG, all ages The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-35 Patient 2: Pregnancy/Delivery with Complications, High Morbidity Input Data/Patient Characteristics ACG Output Age/Sex: 36/Female Conditions: General medical exam, Dermatitis and eczema, Benign and unspecified neoplasm, Urinary tract infection, Multiple sclerosis, Pregnancy & deliveryuncomplicated, and Pregancy & delivery-with complications. ACG-1771: 6+ ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, Delivered ADGs: 01, 03*, 08, 10, 11, 26, 28, 31, and 33. Time Limited: Minor, Time Limited: Major, Likely to recur: discrete-infections, Chronic Medical: Stable, Chronic Medical: Unstable, Signs/Symptoms: Major, Prevention/ Administrative, and Pregnancy Resource Consumption Variables Total Cost: $10,859 Ambulatory visits: N/A >1 Hospitalization: Y *Major ADG, all ages Table 7: Clinical Classification of Pregnancy/Delivery ACGs ACG Levels Morbidity Level Low (1-3 ADGs) Mid (4-5 ADGs) High (6+ ADGs) Pregnancy Only Uncomplicated Complicated (No Major (1+ Major ADGs) ADGs) Delivered Uncomplicated Complicated (No Major (1+ Major ADGs) ADGs) 1712, 1722 1732 1711, 1721 1731 1742 1752 1741 1751 1762 1772 1761 1771 Infants The ACG System places all infants into an infant MAC. By definition, all had at least one hospitalization (at time of delivery). ACG groups are formed based on total number of ADGs and the presence of a complication or major ADG. Table 8 provides a clinical classification of the four infant ACGs. Example 4 compares an infant in the low morbidity/no complications ACG (5310, the most frequent infant ACG) with an infant in the higher morbidity/with complications ACG (5340, the most resource intensive infant ACG). Infant #1 had a typical course: a hospitalization at birth, routine check-ups, and illness management for upper respiratory tract infection and otitis media. Infant 2 presents a completely different picture in terms of pattern of morbidity and resource consumption, both of which are substantially greater in comparison with Infant 1. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-36 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) Example 4: Infants The following patient types demonstrate the levels of infants with complications, ADGs, and associated costs. Patient 1: Infant With Low Morbidity, No Complications Input Data/Patient Characteristics Age/Sex: 0/Female Conditions: General medical exam, Otitis media and Acute upper respiratory tract infection. ACG Output ACG 5310: 0-5 ADGs, No Major ADGs ADGs: 02, 08 and 31 Time Limited: Minor, Likely to Recur: Discrete-Infections, And Prevention/Administration Resource Consumption Variables Total Cost: $1,842 Ambulatory visits: 4 >1 Hospitalization: Y Patient 2: Infant With High Morbidity, No Complications Input Data/Patient Characteristics Age/Sex: 0/Male Conditions: General medical exam, Cardiovascular symptoms, Dermatitis and eczema, Otitis media, Fluid/ electrolyte disturbance, Diarrhea, Abdominal pain, Nausea, vomiting, Acute upper respiratory tract infection, and Acute lower respiratory tract infection ACG Output ACG 5340: 6+ ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs ADGs: 01, 02, 03*, 08, 11*, 13, 26, 27, 28, 29, and 31 Time Limited: Minor, Time Limited: Minor - Primary Infections, Time Limited: Major, Likely to Recur: Discrete- Infections, Chronic Medical: Unstable, Chronic Specialty: Stable - ENT, Signs/Symptoms: Minor, Signs/Symptoms: Uncertain, Signs/Symptoms: Major, Discretionary, and Prevention/Administrative Resource Consumption Variables Total Cost: $18,703 Ambulatory visits: 19 >1 Hospitalization: Y *Major ADG, all ages The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) 3-37 Table 8: Clinical Classification of Infant ACGs Morbidity Level Low (0-5 ADGs) Mid (6+ ADGs) Technical Reference Guide No Complications (No Major ADGs) Complication (1+ Major ADGs) 5310 5320 5330 5340 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 3-38 Adjusted Clinical Groups (ACGs) This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) 4-i 4 Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) Overview ..................................................................................................................... 4-1 The Development of EDCs ........................................................................................ 4-1 Understanding How EDCs Work ............................................................................. 4-3 Table 1: ICD-9-CM Codes Assigned to Otitis Media EDC (EAR01) .................... 4-3 Table 2: Examples of Diabetes Complications ....................................................... 4-5 Table 3: Annual Prevalence Ratios for Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) for Commercially Insured and Medicare Beneficiaries ................................................. 4-6 Diagnostic Certainty .............................................................................................. 4-13 MEDC Types ......................................................................................................... 4-14 Table 4: MEDC Types .......................................................................................... 4-14 Some Important Differences Between EDCs and ADGs ...................................... 4-15 Important Differences Between EDCs and Episode-of-Care Systems .................. 4-15 Applications of EDCs ............................................................................................ 4-16 Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 4-ii Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) 4-1 Overview The Johns Hopkins Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) complement the unique personoriented approach that underpins the ACG System. EDCs are a tool for easily identifying people with specific diseases or symptoms, without having to create your own algorithms. The EDC methodology assigns ICD codes found in claims or encounter data to one of 267 EDCs, which are further organized into 27 categories called Major Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (MEDCs). As broad groupings of diagnosis codes, EDCs help to remove differences in coding behavior between practitioners. Example: There are 67 ICD-9-CM codes that practitioners can record as a diagnosis for otitis media. The EDC for otitis media combines these codes into a single rubric, allowing the healthcare analyst to easily summarize information on this condition. As a stand-alone tool, EDCs can be used to select patients with a specific condition or combination of conditions and can also be used to compare the distribution of conditions in one population with another. When combined with ACGs, the result is a powerful combination tool for demonstrating variability of cost within disease categories. This is useful for many profiling applications and can help to target individuals for casemanagement purposes. The Development of EDCs EDCs build on the methodology developed by Ronald Schneeweiss and colleagues in 1983.1 In Schneeweiss’s original work, diagnosis codes were classified according to clinical criteria. Schneeweiss’s original 92 categories, so-called Diagnosis Clusters, underwent considerable updating and extensive expansions based on significant additional development at Johns Hopkins University, led by Dr. Christopher Forrest. In 2000, Dr. Forrest’s team of generalist and specialist physicians used their clinical judgment to assign the most commonly used ICD-9 codes to EDCs. In all, the team assigned approximately 9,400 diagnosis codes to 190 EDCs. The development team reviewed the Clinical Classification for Health Policy Research produced by the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research,2 another disease-oriented grouping methodology, to identify additional conditions that were excluded from Schneeweiss’s original taxonomy. Other modifications made to the original Schneeweiss clusters included deletion of some clusters, expansion of the content of other clusters by 1 Schneeweiss R, Rosenblatt RA, Cherkin DC, Kirkwood R, Hart G. Diagnosis Clusters: Tool for Analyzing the Content of Ambulatory Medical Care. Med Care 1983; 21:105-122. 2 Elixhauser A, Andrews RM, Fox S. (1993) Clinical classifications for health policy research: Discharge statistics by principal diagnosis and procedure (AHCPR Publication No. 93-0043). Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 4-2 Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) updating the range of ICD codes, improving the clinical homogeneity of certain clusters, and splitting existing clusters into new categories. Additionally, each of the Expanded Diagnosis Clusters was classified into one of 27 broad clinical categories, termed a Major EDC (MEDC). For example, three EDCs-allergic reactions, asthma, and allergic rhinitis--all fall within the Allergy MEDC classification. The original assignments of EDCs to MEDCs were made based on the assessment of our clinician panel as to the physician specialty most likely to provide care for the class of conditions, when other than primary care services were received. Example: Prostatic hypertrophy (GUR04) was mapped to the genito-urinary MEDC and gout (RHU02) to the rheumatologic MEDC. Further review of data and actual specialist use within each EDC category led to changes in the final assignment of EDCs to their respective MEDC. It should be noted that for many EDCs, the most common service provider is the primary care clinician, and not a specialist. Since the initial development of the EDC typology in 2000, the EDC categories have undergone several revisions and expansions so that now all ICD (-9, -9-CM and -10 version) codes are assigned. There are 267 EDCs in the current version of the ACG System. Recently, the ACG developers added several new common pediatric conditions (many of which also occur during adulthood) and added new categories to broaden the spectrum of signs and symptoms covered (e.g., gastrointestinal signs and symptoms, ophthalmic signs and symptoms, musculoskeletal signs and symptoms). For example, cancers were divided into 17 groups: 15 site specific cancers, and low impact and high impact cancers (based on the expected costs of treatment). Several EDC conditions were refined to support the pharmacy adherence methodology and identify conditions requiring chronic medication therapy. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) 4-3 Understanding How EDCs Work Each ICD code maps to a single EDC. ICD codes within an EDC share similar clinical characteristics and are expected to evoke similar types of diagnostic and therapeutic responses. There are 67 ICD-9-CM codes (shown in Table 1 below) that practitioners can record as a diagnosis for otitis media. The EDC for otitis media combines these codes into a single rubric, which lessens the impact of physicians’ coding styles on your analyses. Table 1: ICD-9-CM Codes Assigned to Otitis Media EDC (EAR01) ICD-9 Description 0552 381 3810 38100 38101 38102 38103 38104 38105 38106 3811 38110 38119 3812 38120 38129 3813 3814 3815 38150 38151 38152 3816 38160 38161 38162 38163 3817 3818 38181 38189 3819 382 Postmeasles otitis media Nonsuppurative otitis media and Eustachian tube disorders Acute nonsuppurative otitis media Unspecified acute nonsuppurative otitis media Acute serous otitis media Acute mucoid otitis media Acute sanguinous otitis media Acute allergic serous otitis media Acute allergic mucoid otitis media Acute allergic sanguinous otitis media Chronic serous otitis media Simple or unspecified chronic serous otitis media Other chronic serous otitis media Chronic mucoid otitis media Simple or unspecified chronic mucoid otitis media Other chronic mucoid otitis media Other and unspecified chronic nonsuppurative otitis media Nonsuppurative otitis media, not specified as acute or chronic Eustachian salpingitis Unspecified Eustachian salpingitis Acute Eustachian salpingitis Chronic Eustachian salpingitis Obstruction of Eustachian tube Unspecified obstruction of Eustachian tube Osseous obstruction of Eustachian tube Intrinsic cartilagenous obstruction of Eustachian tube Extrinsic cartilagenous obstruction of Eustachian tube Patulous Eustachian tube Other disorders of Eustachian tube Dysfunction of Eustachian tube Other disorders of Eustachian tube Unspecified Eustachian tube disorder Suppurative and unspecified otitis media Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 4-4 Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) ICD-9 Description 3820 38200 38201 38202 3821 3822 3823 3824 3829 384 3840 38400 38401 38409 3841 3842 38420 38421 38422 38423 38424 38425 3848 38481 38482 3849 3886 38860 38869 3887 38870 38871 38872 3889 Acute suppurative otitis media Acute suppurative otitis media without spontaneous rupture of eardrum Acute suppurative otitis media with spontaneous rupture of eardrum Acute suppurative otitis media in diseases classified elsewhere Chronic tubotympanic suppurative otitis media Chronic atticoantral suppurative otitis media Unspecified chronic suppurative otitis media Unspecified suppurative otitis media Unspecified otitis media Other disorders of tympanic membrane Acute myringitis without mention of otitis media Unspecified acute myringitis Bullous myringitis Other acute myringitis without mention of otitis media Chronic myringitis without mention of otitis media Perforation of tympanic membrane Unspecified perforation of tympanic membrane Central perforation of tympanic membrane Attic perforation of tympanic membrane Other marginal perforation of tympanic membrane Multiple perforations of tympanic membrane Total perforation of tympanic membrane Other specified disorders of tympanic membrane Atrophic flaccid tympanic membrane Atrophic nonflaccid tympanic membrane Unspecified disorder of tympanic membrane Otorrhea Unspecified otorrhea Other otorrhea Otalgia Unspecified otalgia Otogenic pain Referred otogenic pain Unspecified disorder of ear The EDCs related to Diabetes receive special treatment in the EDC assignment process. Each Diabetes diagnosis is associated with either EDC END06 Type 2 Diabetes without complication or EDC END08 Type 1 Diabetes without complication. The EDC assignment process then looks for the presence of a potential complication diagnosis code. If a complication is found (see Table 2 below), a patient with END06 will be changed to END07 while a patient with END08 will be changed to END09. The implication of this method is that a patient cannot be assigned to a diabetes condition with and without complications simultaneously. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) 4-5 Table 2: Examples of Diabetes Complications ICD-9 2501 2502 2503 2504 410 411 412 413 414 581 582 583 584 585 586 V56 Description Diabetes with ketoacidosis Diabetes with hyperosmolar coma Diabetes with coma NEC Diabetes with renal manifestation Acute myocardial infarction Other acute ischemic heart disease Old myocardial infarction Angina pectoris Other chronic ischemic heart disease Nephrotic syndrome Chronic nephritis Nephritis NOS Acute renal failure Chronic renal failure Renal failure NOS Dialysis encounter Also, patients will not be assigned to a type 1 Diabetes EDC and a type 2 Diabetes EDC concurrently. If the patient has diagnoses indicating both type 1 Diabetes and type 2 Diabetes, the EDC assignment will reflect type 1 Diabetes only. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 4-6 Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) Table 3: Annual Prevalence Ratios for Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) for Commercially Insured and Medicare Beneficiaries Expanded Diagnosis Cluster (EDC) Administrative Surgical aftercare Transplant status Administrative concerns and non-specific laboratory abnormalities Preventive care Allergy Allergic reactions Allergic rhinitis Asthma, w/o status asthmaticus Asthma, with status asthmaticus Disorders of the immune system Cardiovascular Cardiovascular signs and symptoms Ischemic heart disease (excluding acute myocardial infarction) Congenital heart disease Congestive heart failure Cardiac valve disorders Cardiomyopathy Heart murmur Cardiac arrhythmia Generalized atherosclerosis Disorders of lipid metabolism Acute myocardial infarction Cardiac arrest, shock Hypertension, w/o major complications Hypertension, with major complications Cardiovascular disorders, other Dental Disorders of mouth Disorders of teeth Gingivitis Stomatitis Ear, Nose, Throat Otitis media Tinnitus The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Number of Persons with EDC per 1,000 Enrollees Commercially Insured Medicare Beneficiaries (0 to 64 Years) (65 Years and Older) 41.3 0.8 198.1 2.1 176.9 419.1 403.7 547.6 16.0 81.0 36.0 3.2 2.6 13.9 70.3 43.8 6.2 11.5 40.4 156.3 17.6 3.3 3.3 11.7 2.7 5.5 14.1 5.1 117.8 1.3 0.5 114.7 10.3 6.4 196.1 10.3 68.1 94.6 26.9 18.6 142.8 70.7 480.3 14.8 5.0 559.3 85.7 41.9 7.2 8.9 0.7 2.3 10.3 2.6 0.8 2.2 74.7 3.4 31.7 9.3 Technical Reference Guide Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) Expanded Diagnosis Cluster (EDC) Temporomandibular joint disease Foreign body in ears, nose, or throat Deviated nasal septum Otitis externa Wax in ear Deafness, hearing loss Chronic pharyngitis and tonsillitis Epistaxis Acute upper respiratory tract infection ENT disorders, other Endocrine Osteoporosis Short stature Hypothyroidism Other endocrine disorders Type 2 diabetes, w/o complication Type 2 diabetes, w/ complication Type 1 diabetes, w/o complication Type 1 diabetes, w/ complication Eye Ophthalmic signs and symptoms Blindness Retinal disorders (excluding diabetic retinopathy) Disorders of the eyelid and lacrimal duct Refractive errors Cataract, aphakia Conjunctivitis, keratitis Glaucoma Infections of eyelid Foreign body in eye Strabismus, amblyopia Traumatic injuries of eye Diabetic retinopathy Eye, other disorders Age-related macular degeneration Female Reproductive Pregnancy and delivery, uncomplicated Female genital symptoms Endometriosis Pregnancy and delivery with complications Female infertility Technical Reference Guide 4-7 Number of Persons with EDC per 1,000 Enrollees Commercially Insured Medicare Beneficiaries (0 to 64 Years) (65 Years and Older) 2.6 1.5 5.8 13.0 13.2 10.5 7.3 3.7 183.9 15.1 2.2 1.6 6.8 12.7 49.3 45.5 1.6 9.2 83.5 20.1 7.8 0.7 39.1 21.3 28.3 5.3 4.7 1.7 82.0 0.0 119.4 38.9 115.5 70.8 11.2 15.5 38.8 0.9 6.7 13.1 69.4 14.2 41.3 13.3 8.2 2.5 6.1 5.2 2.5 16.2 1.1 83.0 3.6 54.2 61.8 112.8 234.4 41.2 111.6 22.5 2.7 7.0 5.3 19.7 69.6 47.4 21.7 26.2 2.8 18.2 3.2 0.3 10.5 0.4 0.7 0.1 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 4-8 Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) Expanded Diagnosis Cluster (EDC) Abnormal pap smear Ovarian cyst Vaginitis, vulvitis, cervicitis Menstrual disorders Contraception Menopausal symptoms Utero-vaginal prolapse Female gynecologic conditions, other Gastrointestinal/Hepatic Gastrointestinal signs and symptoms Inflammatory bowel disease Constipation Acute hepatitis Chronic liver disease Peptic ulcer disease Gastroenteritis Gastroesophageal reflux Irritable bowel syndrome Diverticular disease of colon Acute pancreatitis Chronic pancreatitis Lactose Intolerance Gastrointestinal/Hepatic disorders, other General Signs and Symptoms Nonspecific signs and symptoms Chest pain Fever Syncope Nausea, vomiting Debility and undue fatigue Lymphadenopathy Edema General Surgery Anorectal conditions Appendicitis Benign and unspecified neoplasm Cholelithiasis, cholecystitis External abdominal hernias, hydroceles Chronic cystic disease of the breast Other breast disorders Varicose veins of lower extremities The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Number of Persons with EDC per 1,000 Enrollees Commercially Insured Medicare Beneficiaries (0 to 64 Years) (65 Years and Older) 13.7 9.3 28.5 33.7 22.8 17.9 2.4 5.8 3.5 3.2 21.2 5.9 0.1 25.6 11.0 5.2 36.1 3.4 14.0 2.3 6.2 19.0 38.7 45.4 8.6 11.5 1.0 0.6 1.3 10.3 99.2 6.6 33.4 3.2 12.5 47.5 50.8 118.3 14.8 67.8 3.3 3.1 3.6 28.8 42.4 50.0 30.1 7.8 27.7 54.6 7.6 10.1 96.6 141.1 23.0 35.1 36.2 107.8 8.9 55.8 20.5 1.7 55.7 6.3 6.7 10.0 23.5 3.6 49.0 1.1 147.3 17.9 18.2 12.3 39.8 13.5 Technical Reference Guide Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) Expanded Diagnosis Cluster (EDC) Nonfungal infections of skin and subcutaneous tissue Abdominal pain Peripheral vascular disease Burns--1st degree Aortic aneurysm Gastrointestinal obstruction/perforation Genetic Chromosomal anomalies Inherited metabolic disorders Genito-urinary Vesicoureteral reflux Undescended testes Hypospadias, other penile anomalies Prostatic hypertrophy Stricture of urethra Urinary symptoms Other male genital disease Urinary tract infections Renal calculi Prostatitis Incontinence Genito-urinary disorders, other Hematologic Hemolytic anemia Iron deficiency, other deficiency anemias Thrombophlebitis Neonatal jaundice Aplastic anemia Deep vein thrombosis Hemophilia, coagulation disorder Hematologic disorders, other Infections Tuberculosis infection Fungal infections Infectious mononucleosis HIV, AIDS Sexually transmitted diseases Viral syndromes Lyme disease Septicemia Technical Reference Guide 4-9 Number of Persons with EDC per 1,000 Enrollees Commercially Insured Medicare Beneficiaries (0 to 64 Years) (65 Years and Older) 36.1 70.6 1.5 0.4 1.1 4.7 62.5 111.1 32.0 0.3 20.3 20.5 0.5 6.4 0.1 19.1 0.8 0.3 0.5 10.3 0.8 42.1 13.2 41.2 9.3 3.8 6.7 8.3 0.7 0.0 0.1 91.9 4.7 121.1 31.6 95.3 18.5 10.1 28.8 55.8 0.8 21.1 1.9 2.8 0.5 2.5 1.6 3.6 2.0 105.5 9.6 0.1 3.6 16.3 10.4 16.4 0.3 4.9 1.8 0.9 7.3 33.1 0.7 1.5 0.5 8.8 0.1 0.3 4.6 10.8 1.3 12.5 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 4-10 Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) Expanded Diagnosis Cluster (EDC) Infections, other Malignancies Malignant neoplasms of the skin Low impact malignant neoplasms High impact malignant neoplasms Malignant neoplasms, breast Malignant neoplasms, cervix, uterus Malignant neoplasms, ovary Malignant neoplasms, esophagus Malignant neoplasms, kidney Malignant neoplasms, liver and biliary tract Malignant neoplasms, lung Malignant neoplasms, lymphomas Malignant neoplasms, colorectal Malignant neoplasms, pancreas Malignant neoplasms, prostate Malignant neoplasms, stomach Acute leukemia Malignant neoplasms, bladder Musculoskeletal Musculoskeletal signs and symptoms Acute sprains and strains Degenerative joint disease Fractures (excluding digits) Torticollis Kyphoscoliosis Congenital hip dislocation Fractures and dislocations/digits only Joint disorders, trauma related Fracture of neck of femur (hip) Congenital anomalies of limbs, hands, and feet Acquired foot deformities Cervical pain syndromes Low back pain Bursitis, synovitis, tenosynovitis Amputation status Musculoskeletal disorders, other Neonatal Newborn Status, Uncomplicated Newborn Status, Complicated Low Birth Weight The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Number of Persons with EDC per 1,000 Enrollees Commercially Insured Medicare Beneficiaries (0 to 64 Years) (65 Years and Older) 5.6 11.7 6.1 3.3 2.7 4.3 1.3 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.2 0.7 1.3 1.1 0.1 1.8 0.1 0.3 0.4 46.8 16.8 19.0 25.0 3.0 1.9 0.9 4.1 1.4 9.7 7.5 12.0 1.6 39.0 1.2 1.0 8.5 141.9 76.7 28.7 20.1 1.5 4.8 0.2 5.1 33.1 0.3 2.9 10.5 69.0 120.5 49.3 0.4 45.3 296.0 78.0 174.1 40.3 1.1 8.0 0.0 4.6 40.8 6.8 2.7 36.9 79.1 197.5 100.4 2.0 125.0 7.3 0.7 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.0 Technical Reference Guide Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) Expanded Diagnosis Cluster (EDC) Prematurity Disorders of Newborn Period Neurologic Neurologic signs and symptoms Headaches Peripheral neuropathy, neuritis Vertiginous syndromes Cerebrovascular disease Parkinson's disease Seizure disorder Multiple sclerosis Muscular dystrophy Sleep problems Dementia and delirium Quadriplegia and paraplegia Head injury Spinal cord injury/disorders Paralytic syndromes, other Cerebral palsy Developmental disorder Central nervous system infections Neurologic disorders, other Migraine Headaches Nutrition Failure to thrive Nutritional deficiencies Obesity Nutritional disorders, other Psychosocial Anxiety, neuroses Substance use Tobacco use Behavior problems Attention deficit disorder Family and social problems Schizophrenia and affective psychosis Personality disorders Depression Psychologic signs and symptoms Psychosocial disorders, other Bipolar disorder Technical Reference Guide 4-11 Number of Persons with EDC per 1,000 Enrollees Commercially Insured Medicare Beneficiaries (0 to 64 Years) (65 Years and Older) 0.9 1.5 0.0 0.5 14.6 44.3 33.7 20.3 6.9 1.9 6.1 1.8 0.4 21.9 1.7 0.3 7.5 1.6 0.9 0.4 2.9 0.8 6.0 18.4 67.3 41.4 82.3 68.8 95.8 14.3 13.1 2.0 1.4 30.3 44.3 0.8 14.8 4.7 6.9 0.2 0.4 2.4 18.6 7.9 2.7 5.5 20.2 0.1 3.5 24.4 27.3 0.2 55.6 8.0 21.6 4.1 15.0 1.9 4.7 1.1 47.3 2.2 2.5 5.5 47.7 6.2 20.7 4.1 0.7 0.9 9.1 2.2 53.4 1.4 4.8 3.6 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 4-12 Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) Expanded Diagnosis Cluster (EDC) Reconstructive Cleft lip and palate Lacerations Chronic ulcer of the skin Burns--2nd and 3rd degree Renal Chronic renal failure Fluid/electrolyte disturbances Acute renal failure Nephritis, nephrosis Renal disorders, other Respiratory Respiratory signs and symptoms Acute lower respiratory tract infection Cystic fibrosis Emphysema, chronic bronchitis, COPD Cough Sleep apnea Sinusitis Pulmonary embolism Tracheostomy Respiratory failure Respiratory disorders, other Rheumatologic Autoimmune and connective tissue diseases Gout Arthropathy Raynaud's syndrome Rheumatoid arthritis Skin Contusions and abrasions Dermatitis and eczema Keloid Acne Disorders of sebaceous glands Sebaceous cyst Viral warts and molluscum contagiosum Other inflammatory conditions of skin Exanthems Skin keratoses Dermatophytoses The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Number of Persons with EDC per 1,000 Enrollees Commercially Insured Medicare Beneficiaries (0 to 64 Years) (65 Years and Older) 0.2 25.2 2.1 2.2 0.0 33.1 22.2 1.9 3.4 15.6 1.3 1.1 3.8 53.9 76.5 21.2 5.0 13.8 45.2 74.2 0.2 10.1 53.6 14.5 109.0 0.9 0.2 6.7 10.1 151.1 111.9 0.2 95.7 89.2 27.4 71.0 6.4 1.2 46.2 50.8 5.7 4.8 11.7 0.8 4.7 17.3 23.2 52.0 1.6 17.3 35.4 55.7 1.4 28.3 4.8 10.8 22.2 7.5 28.4 26.0 18.1 50.0 79.9 1.9 12.5 11.1 20.0 12.7 18.0 33.6 142.1 76.3 Technical Reference Guide Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) Expanded Diagnosis Cluster (EDC) 4-13 Number of Persons with EDC per 1,000 Enrollees Commercially Insured Medicare Beneficiaries (0 to 64 Years) (65 Years and Older) Psoriasis 4.5 8.6 Disease of hair and hair follicles 9.9 7.0 Pigmented nevus 1.6 2.0 Scabies and pediculosis 1.2 0.7 Diseases of nail 7.7 36.2 Other skin disorders 29.3 62.3 Benign neoplasm of skin and subcutaneous tissues 46.4 94.0 Impetigo 3.9 1.3 Dermatologic signs and symptoms 16.4 31.4 Toxic Effects and Adverse Events Toxic effects of nonmedicinal agents 2.8 2.8 Adverse effects of medicinal agents 4.5 10.0 Adverse events from medical/surgical procedures 3.4 11.4 Complications of mechanical devices 3.4 18.7 Source: PharMetrics, Inc., a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA; national cross-section of managed care plans; population of 4,740,000 commercially insured lives (less than 65 years old) and population of 257,404 Medicare beneficiaries (65 years and older), 2007. Diagnostic Certainty The recording of provisional diagnosis codes can improperly attribute chronic conditions to a patient subsequently misidentifying individuals for care management programs and elevating cost predictions. The goal of stringent diagnostic certainty is to provide greater certainty of a given diagnosis for subset of chronic conditions. When the user applies the lenient diagnostic certainty option, any single diagnosis qualifying for an EDC marker will turn the marker on. However, the user may also apply a stringent diagnostic certainty option. For a subset of diagnoses, there must be more than one diagnosis qualifying for the marker in order for the EDC to be assigned. This was designed to provide greater confidence in the EDC conditions assigned to a patient. For several conditions, namely Hypertension, Asthma, Diabetes and Pregnancy, there are multiple EDCs to describe the condition. When applying stringent diagnostic certainty, if multiple diagnoses are required, they must qualify for the same EDC. For example, a single diagnosis for Type 1 diabetes and a single diagnosis for Type 2 diabetes will not turn on any diabetes-related EDC, but 2 diagnoses for Type 2 diabetes will turn on EDC END06. For more information about the inclusion and exclusion of diagnoses, refer to the Installation and Usage Guide, Chapter 4. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 4-14 Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) MEDC Types To assist analysts, the 27 Major EDCs may be further aggregated into five MEDC Types. Specifically, the categorization is presented in Table 2. Table 4: MEDC Types MEDC-Type 1. 2. Administrative Medical 3. Surgical 4. 5. Obstetric/Gynecologic Psychosocial MEDCs Administrative Allergy, Cardiovascular, Endocrine, Gastrointestinal/Hepatic, General Signs and Symptoms, Genetic, Hematologic, Infections, Malignancies, Neonatal, Neurologic, Nutrition, Renal, Respiratory, Rheumatologic, Skin, Toxic Effects Dental, ENT, Eye, General Surgery, Genito-urinary, Musculoskeletal, Reconstructive Female reproductive Psychosocial In summary, EDCs can be examined at three levels. The broadest level is the MEDC-type and includes five categories. MEDC-Types are based on 27 clinically oriented groupings of MEDCs. The full EDC taxonomy is composed of 267 groups. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) 4-15 Some Important Differences Between EDCs and ADGs Both EDCs and Aggregated Diagnosis Groups (ADGs) are aggregations of ICD codes. However, there is a significant difference in the methodology underlying the grouping of ICD codes: ADGs, the building block of the ACG System, are groups of diagnoses with similar expected healthcare need, while EDCs are clinically similar clusters. When applying the EDCs, it is important to recognize that the criteria used to assign ICD codes are quite different from the criteria used to determine the appropriate ADG. The main criterion used for the ICD-to-EDC assignment is diagnostic similarity, whereas the ICD to ADG assignments (and the overall ACG System in general) are based on a unique set of clinical criteria that captures various dimensions of the range and severity of an individual’s co-morbidity. This subject is discussed more detail in the chapter entitled, “Adjusted Clinical Groups.” In brief, the key dimensions of the ICD to ADG assignment process are: Expected duration of illness (e.g., acute, chronic, or recurrent) Severity (e.g., expected prognosis with respect to disability or longevity) Diagnostic certainty (i.e., signs/symptoms versus diagnoses) Etiology (e.g., infectious, neoplastic, psychosocial conditions) Expected need for specialist care or hospitalization In the ADG assignment process, ICD codes representing multiple diseases and conditions may be assigned to the same ADG. This occurs when the diseases are expected to have a similar impact on the need for healthcare resources. In contrast, the EDC assignment does not account for differences in disease severity, chronicity, or the expected need for resources. Because of the marked differences between the conceptual underpinnings of EDC and the ADG/ACG framework, each ADG will usually contain ICD codes that map into more than one EDC. (The notable exception is the asthma ADG and asthma EDC, which contain the same ICD codes). Likewise, a single EDC may map into multiple ADGs. Important Differences Between EDCs and Episode-of-Care Systems It is important to recognize that while the EDC tool is effective for identifying persons with specific conditions, the current configuration of the EDC tool is not an episode-ofcare grouping methodology (i.e., while EDCs can be used to identify persons under treatment for otitis media (or any select condition), there is no count of the number of occurrences otitis media infections during the analysis period). While episodes-of-care tools also consider ICD codes, their main purpose is to group together services, procedures, drugs, and tests that are provided to a patient in the course of management of a specific disease or condition. Currently the EDC assignment is based only on diagnosis codes. In the future, as the software’s input stream becomes more sophisticated and date- Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 4-16 Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) of-service and/or other data elements become available, the functionality of the EDC module may be increased. Sophisticated analysts wishing to process data of shorter durations than the typical 12 month time period could, for example, process data monthly to create monthly-EDCindicators. Summing these indicators for each patient by each EDC could provide rough approximations of the number of times a patient received services related to specific EDCs and proxy clinical treatment groups could be envisioned. Applications of EDCs EDCs have many applications, particularly in areas of profiling and disease/case management. EDCs can be used to: 1. Describe the prevalence of specific diseases within a single population; 2. Compare disease distributions across two or more populations; and, 3. Aid disease management/case management processes by identifying individual patients by condition and displaying a patient condition profile. Each of these applications is highlighted within the Applications Guide chapters for Health Status Monitoring and Clinical Screening by Care and Disease Managers. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity 5-i 5 Medication Defined Morbidity Objectives ....................................................................................................... 5-1 National Drug Code System ....................................................................... 5-1 Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) System .................................... 5-2 Table 1: ATC Drug Classification Levels ................................................. 5-2 Rx-Defined Morbidity Groups ................................................................... 5-3 Table 2: Counts of Associated Therapeutic Classes per Rx-Defined Morbidity Groups ....................................................................................... 5-4 Table 3: Counts of Associated Second Level ATCs per Rx-Defined Morbidity Groups ....................................................................................... 5-5 Table 4: Counts of Associated Third Level ATCs per Rx-Defined Morbidity Groups ....................................................................................... 5-6 Table 5: Major Rx-MG Categories ........................................................... 5-7 NDC to Rx-MG Assignment Methodology ............................................... 5-9 ATC to Rx-MG Assignment Methodology ................................................ 5-9 Table 6: Number of Pharmacy Codes for Each Rx-MG ......................... 5-10 Table 7: Rx-MG Morbidity Taxonomy and Clinical Characteristics of Medications Assigned to Each Rx-MG ................................................... 5-14 Table 8: Annual Prevalence Ratios for Rx-MGs for Commercially Insured and Medicare Beneficiaries ...................................................................... 5-20 Generic Drug Count Variable .................................................................. 5-22 Conclusion.................................................................................................... 5-23 Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-ii Medication Defined Morbidity This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity 5-1 Objectives This chapter is intended to describe the pharmacy based morbidity markers, Rx-MGs and the clinical criteria used to assign medications to morbidity groups. The Rx-MGs provide further methods to describe the unique morbidity profile of a population and form the basis of the pharmacy based predictive model, Rx-PM. Specifics of the predictive model are discussed in greater detail in later chapters discussing Predicting Resource Use and Predicting Hospitalization. National Drug Code System The National Drug Code (NDC) system serves as a universal product identifier for human drugs. It is maintained by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) of the US government. An NDC identifies the following attributes of a medication: generic name/active ingredient; manufacturer; strength; route of administration; package size; and, trade name. The same generic drug generally has many NDC codes, because different manufacturers may produce it, it may come in several strengths, package sizes can vary, etc. Not all the NDC attributes are useful for defining the type of morbidity that the drug is intended to influence. Manufacturer and trade name provide no clinical information, whereas the generic name of the drug gives essential information on its chemical structure and known mechanism(s) of action. The same generic drug can be given via different routes (e.g., by mouth, inhaled, topical). In many cases, the route of administration is critical for identifying the specific morbidity managed. A good example of this is the drug class of corticosteroids, which are powerful anti-inflammatory medications. Oral corticosteroids can be used to manage pulmonary disease that result from airway inflammation, such as asthma, whereas topical forms of the medication are used to manage inflammatory skin conditions, such as eczema. Although medication strength may provide some indication of disease stability, it may also be suggestive of patient non-adherence to medication regimens, inappropriate over-treatment, patient idiosyncratic response, or size of the patient. For these reasons, we elected to ignore strength as a classification criterion, and restricted the assignment process to unique generic drug-route of administration combinations. In so doing, we reduced the nearly 90,000 NDCs to approximately 2,700 units. Each generic drug-route of administration has a set of NDCs associated with it. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-2 Medication Defined Morbidity Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) System The Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) System serves as the World Health Organization (WHO) standard for drug consumption studies. It is maintained by the WHO Collaborating Centre for Drug Statistics Methodology. In the Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) classification system, the drugs are divided into different groups according to the organ or system on which they act in addition to their chemical, pharmacological, and therapeutic properties. Drugs are classified into five different group levels. The drugs are divided into fourteen main groups (first level), with one pharmacological/therapeutic subgroup (second level). The third and fourth levels are chemical/pharmacological/therapeutic subgroups and the 5th level is the chemical substance. The second, third and fourth levels are often used to identify pharmacological subgroups when that is considered more appropriate than therapeutic or chemical subgroups. The complete classification of metformin illustrates the structure of the code as show in Table 1: Table 1: ATC Drug Classification Levels Level Description A Alimentary tract and metabolism (1st level, anatomical main group) A10 Drugs used in diabetes (2nd level, therapeutic subgroup) A10B Blood glucose lowering drugs, excluding insulins (3rd level, pharmacological subgroup) A10BA Biguanides (4th level, chemical subgroup) A10BA02 Metformin (5th level, chemical substance) Therefore, in the ATC system, all plain metformin preparations are given the code A10BA02. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity 5-3 ATCs are classified based upon the therapeutic use of the main active ingredient. Unlike NDCs, the ATC classification has been specifically designed to capture therapeutic use. In fact, the same generic substance can be given more than one ATC code if it is available in two or more strengths or formulations with clearly different therapeutic uses. However, an international classification system has the challenges of capturing countryspecific, main therapeutic use of a drug that often results in several different classification alternatives. As a general guideline, the ATC system has attempted to assign such drugs to one code, the main indication being decided on the basis of the available literature. Rx-Defined Morbidity Groups Rx-defined morbidity groups (Rx-MGs) represent the building blocks of a pharmacybased predictive model, Rx-PM. Each generic drug/route of administration combination is assigned to a single Rx-MG. We found that generic drug/route of administration combinations within therapeutic classes were sometimes logically assigned to different Rx-MGs, which further reinforced the need make assignments at the individual drug level. Table 2 shows the number of therapeutic classes represented within Rx-MGs. Just six Rx-MGs included a single therapeutic class, and about a third of all Rx-MGs included medications from five or more therapeutic classes. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-4 Medication Defined Morbidity Table 2: Counts of Associated Therapeutic Classes per Rx-Defined Morbidity Groups Number of Therapeutic Classes Represented in an Rx-MG Number of Rx-MGs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 16 26 6 12 12 11 6 5 3 1 3 1 2 1 1 Percent 9.38 18.75 18.75 17.19 9.38 7.81 4.69 1.56 4.69 1.56 3.13 1.56 1.56 Cumulative Frequency Cumulative Percent 6 18 30 41 47 52 55 56 59 60 62 63 64 9.38 28.13 46.88 64.06 73.44 81.25 85.94 87.50 92.19 93.75 96.88 98.44 100.00 Although the Rx-MGs generally included medications from more than one therapeutic class, the majority of therapeutic classes were assigned to a single Rx-MG or 2 Rx-MGs. Specifically, 50% of therapeutic classes were assigned to a single Rx-MG, 28% had medications grouped to 2 Rx-MGs, and 22% had medications assigned to 3 or more RxMGs. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity 5-5 Table 3 shows the number of secondlevel (therapeutic subgroup) ATC codes represented within Rx-MGs. A little over half of the all Rx-MGs included medications from five or more second level codes. Table 3: Counts of Associated Second Level ATCs per Rx-Defined Morbidity Groups Number of 2nd Level ATCs Represented in an Rx-MG 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 33 Technical Reference Guide Number of Rx-MGs 15 10 11 7 6 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 Percent 25.00 16.67 18.33 11.67 10.00 1.67 5.00 1.67 5.00 1.67 1.67 1.67 Cumulative Frequency Cumulative Percent 15 25 36 43 49 50 53 54 57 58 59 60 25.00 41.67 60.00 71.67 81.67 83.33 88.33 90.00 95.00 96.67 98.33 100.00 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-6 Medication Defined Morbidity Table 4 shows the number of third level (pharmacological subgroup) ATC codes represented within Rx-MGs. Half of the all Rx-MGs included medications from nine or more third level codes. Table 4: Counts of Associated Third Level ATCs per Rx-Defined Morbidity Groups Number of 3rd Level ATCs Represented in an Rx-MG Number of Rx-MGs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 14 15 19 22 26 67 10 8 5 9 10 3 1 1 3 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 Percent 16.67 13.33 8.33 15.00 16.67 5.00 1.67 1.67 5.00 1.67 3.33 5.00 1.67 1.67 1.67 1.67 Cumulative Frequency Cumulative Percent 10 18 23 32 42 45 46 47 50 51 53 56 57 58 59 60 16.67 30.00 38.33 53.33 70.00 75.00 76.67 78.33 83.33 85.00 88.33 93.33 95.00 96.67 98.33 100.00 The specific clinical criteria that we used to assign medications to an Rx-MG category were the primary anatomico-physiological system, morbidity differentiation, expected duration, and severity of the morbidity type being targeted by the medication. These four clinical dimensions not only characterize medications by morbidity type, they also have major consequences for predictive modeling. Higher levels of differentiation, chronicity, and greater severity would all be expected to increase resource use. Each of these criteria is discussed below. Primary Anatomico-Physiological System. The Rx-MG classification system is organized into 19 Major Rx-MG categories: 16 anatomico-physiological groupings; 1 general signs and symptoms category; 1 toxic effects/adverse events group; and 1 other and non-specific medications category. Table 5 lists these categories. Medications assigned to the non-specific category are not reflective of any underlying morbidity type; examples of these medication types are diagnostic agents and multi-vitamins. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity 5-7 Table 5: Major Rx-MG Categories Allergy/Immunology Cardiovascular Ears-Nose-Throat Endocrine Eye Female Reproductive Gastrointestinal/Hepatic General Signs and Symptoms Genito-Urinary Hematologic Infections Malignancies Musculoskeletal Neurologic Psychosocial Respiratory Skin Toxic effects/adverse events Other and non-specific medications Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-8 Medication Defined Morbidity Morbidity Differentiation. Very few medications are used for a single disease. Even insulin treatment, which is employed in the management of diabetes, does not separate patients into Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes, because it can be used to manage either form. A single medication is often administered for multiple clinical indications; thus, a medication classification system that is solely disease-based will not validly reflect patient morbidity. Rx-MGs assign medications to a specific disease when there is a logical 1-to-1 assignment (e.g., digoxin congestive heart failure). However, most medications are assigned to broader morbidity groups, which are reflective of the patient’s underlying patho-physiology. Furthermore, a large amount of medication treatment is for physically (e.g., pain medications) and emotionally (e.g., anxiolytics) experienced body sensations. These symptoms are undifferentiated morbidities that generally require palliative therapy. In contrast, specific medical diseases are more differentiated morbidity types. Because we sought to create a comprehensive classification system of medications, the Rx-MGs include categories for symptoms (assigned to an acute minor category within an organ system grouping or to the general signs and symptoms category), fully developed diseases that have a 1-to-1 correspondence with medication, and more general morbidity-types. Expected Duration. This dimension refers to the expected time period that the morbidity will require treatment and is used to characterize conditions as acute, recurrent, or chronic. An acute condition is a time-limited morbidity that is expected to last less than 12 months. The classic example of acute conditions is infections. Recurrent conditions are episodic health problems. They tend to occur repeatedly, and over time. Migraine headaches and gout are two examples of recurrent conditions. Each episode is time-limited and, in isolation, could be considered an acute health problem. However, the repetitive occurrences may span several years with asymptomatic inter-current periods; this episodic relapsing nature of the morbidity type is the hallmark feature of recurrent morbidities. Chronic conditions are persistent health states that generally last longer than 12 months. Severity. The severity of morbidities refers to somewhat different concepts for acute and recurrent/chronic conditions. For acute problems, morbidity severity is related to the expected impact of the condition on the physiological stability of the patient or the patient’s functional status. Low impact conditions have minimal effects on functioning or physiological stability, whereas high impact problems can have significant effects on the ability of an individual to perform daily activities. For recurrent and chronic conditions, morbidity severity is related to the stability of the problem over several years. Without adequate treatment, unstable chronic conditions are expected to worsen over time, whereas stable conditions are expected to change less rapidly. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity 5-9 NDC to Rx-MG Assignment Methodology The Rx-MG classification system was developed with an a priori assumption that morbidity categories needed to be broad enough to encompass multiple FDA-approved and common off-label uses of a drug. Each unique generic medication/route of administration combination was assigned to a single Rx-MG according to the clinical criteria described above and the most common evidence-based use of the drug. Both FDA approval and empirical data from the literature were accepted as evidence for these assignments. A team of Johns Hopkins physicians and pharmacist health professionals made the initial NDC-to-Rx-MG assignment. Disagreements were reconciled during consensus meetings. The face validity of the assignments was tested by having another team of physicians and pharmacist health professionals examine the preliminary NDC-to-Rx-MG look-up table. This second review led to a few modifications, but overall confirmed the validity of the initial assignments. All NDC codes representing drugs are assigned to a single Rx-MG, and just 9.8% are mapped to the Non-Specific category. There are NDC codes representing medical supplies, exclusively over-the counter medications and other non-pharmaceutical items that are not assigned to a Rx-MG. The ACG team updates the assignment of new NDC codes to Rx-MG regularly. Table 6 shows the distribution of the NDC codes assigned to each Rx-MG. The pain and acute minor infections Rx-MGs have the most NDC codes assigned to them. This is because these categories include some of the generic drugs with the most NDC codes: ibuprofen ranked #1 with 1,336 NDCs; acetaminophen #2 with 1,253 NDCs; amoxicillin #6 with 689 NDCs; and, erythromycin #8 with 668 NDCs. ATC to Rx-MG Assignment Methodology The methodology for assigning ATC-to-Rx-MGs is largely the same as that used in making NDC-to Rx-MGs assignments. However, there were four important differences as summarized below: 1. Larger number of codes assigned. In the NDC system, the 100,000 codes can be collapsed to roughly 2,700 unique drug route combinations which then get assigned to a Rx-MG. The ATC assignment involved assigning close to 5,100 ATC codes (900 4th Level and nearly 4,200 5th Level ATC codes) to an Rx-MG. 2. International variability. Incorporating international variability and off label use was also considered. Literature was extensively reviewed for evidence of alternate and prevalent international use of medications. Whenever evidence showed that the predominant use of the medication was different from the FDA approved use, the RxMG assignment was modified to reflect this. 3. Route of administration was not available for some ATC codes. Route is not provided in the ATC dictionary for nearly 41% of the ATC codes. However, this was not an impediment in establishing Rx-MG assignments due to the fact that the ATC hierarchy is therapeutic centric; and, in almost every case, it provides much more information than the drug/route combinations. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-10 Medication Defined Morbidity 4. Use of original Drug/Route-to-Rx-MG Assignments. In order to preserve assignment consistency from the NDC based Rx-MGs, Drug/Route-to-Rx-MG assignments were systematically reviewed and were considered as a guide when making ATC-to-Rx-MG assignments. Once again, a two-step process for Rx-MG assignments was undertaken. A team of international clinicians made the initial NDC-to-Rx-MG assignments. Consensus meetings were held to reconcile disagreements. Afterwards a separate team of six clinicians composed of Johns Hopkins physicians and pharmacists and an international group of physicians made independent assignment to a randomly selected sample of 300 codes. The result of the review led to very few modifications. In fact, 99% of the codes were assigned to the same Rx-MG by the majority of the clinician panel (83% of the codes were assigned unanimously by the six clinicians to a single Rx-MG, 10% received the same Rx-MG assignment by five of the six clinicians, 6% were assigned to the same Rx-MG by four of the six clinicians, and the remaining 1% was assigned to the same assignment by three of the six clinicians). Table 6: Number of Pharmacy Codes for Each Rx-MG Rx-Defined Morbidity Group % of All NDC Codes % of 4th and 5th Level ATC Codes. Allergy/Immunology Acute Minor 2.36 1.54 Chronic Inflammatory 1.26 0.40 Immune Disorders 0.15 0.18 Transplant 0.08 0.32 Chronic Medical 3.15 2.61 Congestive Heart Failure 0.56 1.03 High Blood Pressure 7.18 6.08 Disorders of Lipid Metabolism 1.19 1.01 Cardiovascular / Vascular Disorders 0.80 2.40 0.35 1.01 Cardiovascular Ears, Nose, Throat Acute Minor Endocrine The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity Rx-Defined Morbidity Group 5-11 % of All NDC Codes % of 4th and 5th Level ATC Codes. Bone Disorders 0.11 0.83 Chronic Medical 0.95 2.26 Diabetes With Insulin 0.10 0.67 Diabetes Without Insulin 1.52 0.79 Thyroid Disorders 1.00 0.46 Growth Problems 0.06 0.00 Weight Control 0.63 0.00 Acute Minor: Curative 0.61 1.86 Acute Minor: Palliative 0.62 1.48 Glaucoma 0.66 0.91 Hormone Regulation 0.62 1.11 Infertility 0.08 0.30 Pregnancy and Delivery 0.55 0.67 Acute Minor 4.18 4.47 Chronic Liver Disease 0.18 0.73 Chronic Stable 0.02 0.44 Inflammatory Bowel Disease 0.12 0.30 Pancreatic Disorder 0.16 0.10 Peptic Disease 1.65 1.03 Nausea and Vomiting 1.64 0.59 Pain 8.48 3.66 Pain and Inflammation 6.46 3.58 Eye Female Reproductive Gastrointestinal/Hepatic General Signs and Symptoms Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-12 Medication Defined Morbidity Rx-Defined Morbidity Group Severe Pain % of All NDC Codes % of 4th and 5th Level ATC Codes. 1.45 0.00 Acute Minor 1.32 0.97 Chronic Renal Failure 0.09 0.16 0.24 0.38 Acute Major 0.27 2.77 Acute Minor 9.23 7.44 HIV/AIDS 0.34 0.69 Tuberculosis 0.27 0.63 1.24% 0.00 1.00 4.26 Gout 0.32 0.30 Inflammatory Conditions 0.62 0.77 Alzheimer's Disease 0.16 0.30 Chronic Medical 0.09 1.01 Migraine Headache 0.25 0.48 Parkinson's Disease 0.62 0.87 Seizure Disorder 2.26 0.97 Genito-Urinary Hematologic Coagulation Disorders Infections Severe Acute Major Malignancies Musculoskeletal Neurologic Psychosocial The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity Rx-Defined Morbidity Group 5-13 % of All NDC Codes % of 4th and 5th Level ATC Codes. Acute Minor 1.13 0.16 Addiction 0.12 0.34 Anxiety 1.80 0.89 Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder 0.37 1.33 Chronic Unstable 2.07 1.33 Depression 4.73 1.41 Acute Minor 5.49 2.77 Airway Hyperreactivity 1.50 0.48 Chronic Medical 0.10 0.04 Cystic Fibrosis 0.08 2.06 Acne 0.60 0.83 Acute and Recurrent 6.18 6.93 Chronic Medical 0.10 0.65 0.32 0.89 8.50 15.05 140,335 4,949 Respiratory Skin Toxic Effects/Adverse Effects Acute Major Other and Non-Specific Medications Total Number of Pharmacy Codes The final set of 64 Rx-MG categories, along with their distinguishing clinical characteristics, is shown in Table 7. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-14 Medication Defined Morbidity Table 7: Rx-MG Morbidity Taxonomy and Clinical Characteristics of Medications Assigned to Each Rx-MG Severity Differentiation Duration Acute Conditions: Impact Symptoms/General Acute Low Impact Chronic Inflammatory General Chronic Unstable Immune Disorders General Chronic Unstable Transplant General Chronic Unstable Chronic Medical General Chronic Stable Congestive Heart Failure Disease Chronic Unstable High Blood Pressure Disease Chronic Stable Disorders of Lipid Metabolism Disease Chronic Stable Vascular Disorders General Chronic Stable Symptoms/General Acute Rx-Defined Morbidity Group Chronic and Recurrent Conditions: Stability Allergy/Immunology Acute Minor Cardiovascular Ears-Nose-Throat Acute Minor The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Low Impact Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity 5-15 Severity Rx-Defined Morbidity Group Acute Conditions: Impact Chronic and Recurrent Conditions: Stability Differentiation Duration Bone Disorders General Chronic Stable Chronic Medical General Chronic Stable Diabetes With Insulin Disease Chronic Unstable Diabetes Without Insulin Disease Chronic Stable Thyroid Disorders General Chronic Stable Growth Problems General Chronic Stable Weight Control General Chronic Stable Acute Minor: Curative General Acute Low Impact Acute Minor: Palliative Symptoms Acute Low Impact Disease Chronic Stable Hormone Regulation General Chronic Stable Infertility General Acute Endocrine Eye Glaucoma Female Reproductive Technical Reference Guide High Impact The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-16 Medication Defined Morbidity Severity Differentiation Duration Acute Conditions: Impact General Acute High Impact Symptoms/General Acute Low Impact Chronic Liver Disease General Chronic Unstable Chronic Stable General Chronic Stable Inflammatory Bowel Disease Disease Chronic Stable Pancreatic Disorder General Chronic Unstable Peptic Disease Disease Recurrent Stable Nausea and Vomiting Symptoms Acute Low Impact Pain Symptoms Acute Low Impact Pain and Inflammation Symptoms Acute Low Impact Severe Pain Symptoms Acute High Impact Rx-Defined Morbidity Group Pregnancy and Delivery Chronic and Recurrent Conditions: Stability Gastrointestinal/Hepatic Acute Minor General Signs and Symptoms The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity 5-17 Severity Differentiation Duration Acute Conditions: Impact Symptoms/General Acute Low Impact Disease Chronic Unstable General Chronic Unstable Acute Major General Acute High Impact Acute Minor General Acute Low Impact HIV/AIDS Disease Chronic Tuberculosis Disease Acute Low Impact Severe Acute Major General Acute High Impact General Chronic Rx-Defined Morbidity Group Chronic and Recurrent Conditions: Stability Genito-Urinary Acute Minor Chronic Renal Failure Hematologic Coagulation Disorders Infections Unstable Malignancies Malignancies Technical Reference Guide Unstable The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-18 Medication Defined Morbidity Severity Rx-Defined Morbidity Group Acute Conditions: Impact Chronic and Recurrent Conditions: Stability Differentiation Duration Gout Disease Recurrent Stable Inflammatory Conditions General Chronic Unstable Alzheimers Disease Disease Chronic Unstable Chronic Medical General Chronic Stable Migraine Headache Disease Recurrent Stable Parkinsons Disease Disease Chronic Unstable Seizure Disorder General Chronic Stable Attention Deficit Disorder Disease Chronic Stable Addiction General Chronic Unstable Symptoms/General Recurrent Stable Disease Chronic Stable Symptoms/General Acute Musculoskeletal Neurologic Psychosocial Anxiety Depression Acute Minor The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Low Impact Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity 5-19 Severity Rx-Defined Morbidity Group Acute Conditions: Impact Chronic and Recurrent Conditions: Stability Differentiation Duration General Chronic Symptoms/General Acute Airway Hyper-reactivity Disease Chronic Stable Chronic Medical General Chronic Stable Cystic Fibrosis Disease Chronic Unstable Disease Chronic Stable Symptoms/General Acute and Recurrent General Chronic General Chronic High Impact N/A N/A N/A Chronic Unstable Unstable Respiratory Acute Minor Low Impact Skin Acne Acute and Recurrent Chronic Medical Low Impact Stable Toxic Effects/Adverse Effects Acute Major Other and Non-Specific Medications Technical Reference Guide N/A The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-20 Medication Defined Morbidity The frequency of occurrence of each Rx-MG in a commercially insured and Medicare population is shown in Table 8. Table 8: Annual Prevalence Ratios for Rx-MGs for Commercially Insured and Medicare Beneficiaries Number of Persons with Rx-MG per 1,000 Enrollees Rx-Defined Morbidity Group (Rx-MG) Allergy/Immunology Acute Minor Chronic Inflammatory Immune Disorders Transplant Commercially Insured (0 to 64 Years) Medicare Beneficiaries (65 Years and Older) 111.7 76.9 0.3 0.9 136.1 101.6 1.2 1.7 15.9 8.0 129.3 82.9 12.2 164.1 71.0 589.4 433.2 141.1 23.2 16.6 11.9 33.1 9.0 30.1 37.2 2.2 0.2 116.0 58.2 39.7 142.3 134.6 0.9 0.0 42.7 19.1 4.6 70.9 55.8 67.7 70.8 0.8 4.1 0.0 Cardiovascular Chronic Medical Congestive Heart Failure High Blood Pressure Disorders of Lipid Metabolism Vascular Disorders Ears, Nose, Throat Acute Minor Endocrine Bone Disorders Chronic Medical Diabetes With Insulin Diabetes Without Insulin Thyroid Disorders Weight Control Growth Problems Eye Acute Minor: Curative Acute Minor: Palliative Glaucoma Female Reproductive Hormone Regulation Infertility The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity 5-21 Number of Persons with Rx-MG per 1,000 Enrollees Rx-Defined Morbidity Group (Rx-MG) Pregnancy and Delivery Commercially Insured (0 to 64 Years) Medicare Beneficiaries (65 Years and Older) 11.0 0.4 41.2 0.7 0.5 3.0 0.5 69.1 111.2 1.7 1.4 6.7 2.0 214.1 44.3 194.4 104.3 16.3 62.3 275.9 159.2 28.8 29.4 0.4 155.4 5.6 0.2 0.9 3.5 411.1 1.0 1.1 0.3 11.7 446.5 0.5 1.2 1.3 4.3 26.5 5.8 6.0 36.9 16.2 0.3 2.9 30.3 3.4 Gastrointestinal/Hepatic Acute Minor Chronic Liver Disease Chronic Stable Inflammatory Bowel Disease Pancreatic Disorder Peptic Disease General Signs and Symptoms Nausea and Vomiting Pain Pain and Inflammation Severe Pain Genito-Urinary Acute Minor Chronic Renal Failure Hematologic Coagulation Disorders Infections Acute Major Acute Minor HIV/AIDS Tuberculosis Severe Acute Major Malignancies Musculoskeletal Gout Inflammatory Conditions Neurologic Alzheimer's Disease Chronic Medical Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-22 Medication Defined Morbidity Number of Persons with Rx-MG per 1,000 Enrollees Rx-Defined Morbidity Group (Rx-MG) Migraine Headache Parkinson's Disease Seizure Disorder Commercially Insured (0 to 64 Years) Medicare Beneficiaries (65 Years and Older) 15.3 4.0 30.8 5.0 19.7 64.1 44.7 2.3 51.5 19.3 8.3 107.2 73.8 1.5 85.5 2.6 17.7 154.9 114.2 78.2 4.9 0.2 97.5 108.6 44.0 2.3 25.2 112.2 3.3 6.1 193.8 3.0 0.1 0.4 37.7 138.4 Psychosocial Acute Minor Addiction Anxiety Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder Chronic Unstable Depression Respiratory Acute Minor Airway Hyperactivity Chronic Medical Cystic Fibrosis Skin Acne Acute and Recurrent Chronic Medical Toxic Effects/Adverse Effects Acute Major Other and Non-Specific Medications Source: PharMetrics, Inc., a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA; national cross-section of managed care plans; population of 4,740,000 commercially insured lives (less than 65 years old) and population of 257,404 Medicare beneficiaries (65 years and older), 2007. Generic Drug Count Variable A generic drug count is calculated as the count of unique generic drug (active ingredient)/route of administration combinations encountered in the patient’s drug claims. This marker is a proxy for identifying poly-pharmacy members and contributes independently and significantly to the prediction of cost. This marker is incorporated into all pharmacy-based predictive models (Rx-PM and DxRx-PM). Members with a generic drug count of 13 or greater will get additional weight in the predictive models. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Medication Defined Morbidity 5-23 Conclusion The Rx-MGs were created using a clinical framework that makes sense to health professionals and medical managers. As we will discuss in the Chapters on Predicting Resource Use and Predicting Hospitalizations, pharmacy derived morbidity markers add a great deal of clinical context and improved statistical performance when applied to predictive modeling applications. This page was left blank intentionally. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 5-24 Medication Defined Morbidity This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Special Population Markers 6-i 6 Special Population Markers Introduction ................................................................................................... 6-1 Hospital Dominant Conditions .................................................................... 6-1 Table 1: Examples of Diagnostic Codes Included in the Hospital Dominant Marker ....................................................................................... 6-1 Table 2: Effects of Hospital Dominant Conditions During a Baseline Year on Next Year’s Hospitalization Risk, Total Healthcare Costs, and Pharmacy Costs ................................................................................... 6-2 Frailty Conditions ......................................................................................... 6-3 Table 3: Medically Frail Condition Marker – Frailty Concepts and Diagnoses ................................................................................................... 6-3 Table 4: Effects of Frailty Conditions During a Baseline Year on Next Year’s Hospitalization Risk, Total Healthcare Costs, and Pharmacy Costs ........................................................................................................... 6-4 Chronic Condition Count ............................................................................. 6-5 Table 5: EDCs considered in the Chronic Condition Count Marker ........ 6-5 Table 6: Distribution of the Chronic Condition Count Marker ................. 6-8 Condition Markers ........................................................................................ 6-9 Table 7: Definitions of Condition Markers ............................................. 6-10 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 6-ii Special Population Markers This page was left blank intentionally. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Special Population Markers 6-1 Introduction The ACG System includes a number of special population markers to identify patient populations requiring specialized care. These markers enhance the clinical screening process by providing meaningful filtering criteria and clinical context. Several of the markers are also independent variables in the predictive models. Hospital Dominant Conditions Hospital dominant conditions are based on diagnoses that, when present, are associated with a greater than 50 percent probability among affected patients of hospitalization in the next year. All these diagnoses are setting-neutral, i.e., they can be given in any inpatient or outpatient face-to-face encounter with a health professional. The variable is a count of the number of morbidity types (i.e., ADGs) with at least one hospital dominant diagnosis. When the stringent diagnostic certainty option is selected, more than one diagnosis from the hospital dominant condition list may be required for the marker to be turned on. Table 1 provides examples of diagnostic codes that have been identified as hospital dominant. Table 1: Examples of Diagnostic Codes Included in the Hospital Dominant Marker Individuals with any one of these diagnostic codes have a greater than 50% chance of hospitalization in the subsequent year. ICD-9-CM Code Description 162.3 Malignant Neoplasm, Upper Lobe, Bronchus or Lung 261 Nutritional Marasmus 2638 Other Protein Calorie Malnutrition Nec 284.8 Other specified Aplastic Anemia 2894 Hypersplenism 29181 Alcohol Withdrawal 29643 Bipolar affective disorder, manic, severe, without mention of psychotic behavior 0380 Streptococcal Septicemia 4150 Acute cor pulmonale 4821 Pseudomonal Pneumonia 491.21 Obstructive Chronic Bronchitis with acute exacerbation 518.81 Acute Respiratory Failure 5722 Hepatic coma 584.9 Acute Renal Failure, unspecified The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 6-2 Special Population Markers ICD-9-CM Code Description 785.4 Gangrene 7895 Ascites The risk of hospitalization, total healthcare costs, and medication costs rise dramatically in association with the number of hospital dominant conditions (See Table 2). The count of hospital dominant conditions is a powerful predictor of greater resource use next year. Commercially insured individuals who have a single hospital dominant condition have a 5-fold greater chance of having at least 1 hospitalization next year, compared with individuals without such a condition. There is a 10-fold increase for individuals in the group with 2 or more hospital dominant conditions. For commercially insured individuals and Medicare beneficiaries alike, significant increases in healthcare costs are associated with the presence of one or more hospital dominant conditions. Table 2: Effects of Hospital Dominant Conditions During a Baseline Year on Next Year’s Hospitalization Risk, Total Healthcare Costs, and Pharmacy Costs HOSPITAL DOMINANT CONDITIONS Next Year’s Outcomes Baseline Year Risk Factors % with 1+ hospitalization Mean total healthcare costs Mean pharmacy costs Commercially Insured Individuals (<65 years-old) Number of hospital dominant conditions None 1 2+ 4.2 $1,875 $445 20.4 $12,652 $2,342 45.8 $35,802 $4,098 Medicare Beneficiaries (65 years and older) Number of hospital dominant conditions None 1 2+ 14.4 $5,189 $1,007 35.3 $14,810 $2,112 55.0 $28,407 $2,361 Source: PharMetrics, Inc., a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA; national cross-section of managed care plans; population of 2,259,584 commercially insured lives (less than 65 years old) and population of 93,620 Medicare beneficiaries (65 years and older), 2001-2002. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Special Population Markers 6-3 Frailty Conditions The Medically frail condition marker is a dichotomous (on/off) variable that indicates whether an enrollee has a diagnosis falling within any 1 of 12 clusters that represent medical problems associated with frailty. When the stringent diagnostic certainty option is selected, more than one diagnosis from the frailty condition list may be required for the marker to be turned on. Examples of these problems are shown in Table 3. In collaboration with a team of Johns Hopkins Geriatricians, we identified diagnostic codes that are highly associated with marked functional limitations among older individuals (i.e., frailty). Presence of any one of these diagnoses turns on the FRAILTY indicator (yes/no) variable. Among commercially insured populations, about 2% of individuals have at least one of these frailty diagnoses, whereas among Medicare beneficiaries the proportion is 4%. Table 3: Medically Frail Condition Marker – Frailty Concepts and Diagnoses Frailty Concept Malnutrition Dementia Impaired Vision Decubitus Ulcer Incontinence of Urine Loss of Weight Incontinence of Feces Obesity (morbid) Poverty Barriers to Access of Care Difficulty in Walking Fall Diagnoses (Examples) Nutritional Marasmus Other severe protein-calorie malnutrition Senile dementia with delusional or depressive features Senile dementia with delirium Profound impairment, both eyes Moderate or severe impairment, better eye/lesser eye: profound Decubitus Ulcer Incontinence without sensory awareness Continuous leakage Abnormal loss of weight and underweight Feeding difficulties and mismanagement Incontinence of feces Morbid obesity Lack Of Housing Inadequate Housing Inadequate material resources No Med Facility For Care No Med Facilities Nec Difficulty in walking Abnormality of gait Fall On Stairs Or Steps Fall From Wheelchair The risk of hospitalization, total healthcare costs, and medication costs rise in association with a frailty condition (See Table 4). The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 6-4 Special Population Markers Table 4: Effects of Frailty Conditions During a Baseline Year on Next Year’s Hospitalization Risk, Total Healthcare Costs, and Pharmacy Costs FRAILTY CONDITIONS Next Year’s Outcomes Baseline Year Risk Factors % with 1+ hospitalization Mean total healthcare costs Mean pharmacy costs Medicare Beneficiaries (65 years and older) Number of frailty conditions: None 15.3 $5,819 $1,065 1+ 30.4 $9,208 $1,349 Source: PharMetrics, Inc., a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA; national cross-section of managed care plans; population of 2,259,584 commercially insured lives (less than 65 years old) and population of 93,620 Medicare beneficiaries (65 years and older), 2001-2002. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Special Population Markers 6-5 Chronic Condition Count The ACG System includes a chronic condition count as an aggregate marker of case complexity. A chronic condition is an alteration in the structures or functions of the body that is likely to last longer than twelve months and is likely to have a negative impact on health or functional status. The ACG System defines a limited set of Expanded Diagnosis Clusters (EDCs) that represent high impact and chronic conditions likely to last more than 12 months with or without medical treatment (see Table 5). From this list of EDCs, individual diagnosis codes were tested against the criteria for chronic conditions stated above. The diagnoses identified by these EDCs were compared against a chronic condition list provided by the Center for Child and Adolescent Health Policy, MassGeneral Hospital for Children, in Boston, Massachusetts. Differences between the lists were identified as psychological or medical/surgical conditions. The psychological codes were reviewed by a practicing psychologist and health services researcher for congruence with the operational definition. Several anxiety and substance abuse codes were deleted from the chronic condition list as a result of this review. Several acute conditions of the retina were deleted from the chronic condition list after a similar review of medical/surgical conditions. The Center for Child and Adolescent Health Policy list and the ACG System differ in definitions related to infectious diseases such as tuberculosis, peptic ulcer disease, congenital heart disease (which is generally resolved through surgical interventions at birth), gastrointestinal obstructions and perforations (likely to be acute and treatable conditions), osteomyelitis and prematurity. These conditions are not considered chronic conditions in the ACG System chronic condition marker. The chronic diagnosis codes that were identified were further classified and aggregated into Expanded Diagnosis Cluster (EDC) categories. The chronic diagnosis codes triggered a chronic EDC flag (see Table 5). Table 5: EDCs considered in the Chronic Condition Count Marker EDC Description Diagnoses (Examples) Acute hepatitis Acute leukemia Adverse events from medical/surgical procedures Age-related macular degeneration Anxiety, neuroses Aplastic anemia Asthma, w/o status asthmaticus Asthma, with status asthmaticus Attention deficit disorder Autoimmune and connective tissue diseases Behavior problems Benign and unspecified neoplasm Bipolar disorder Blindness Cardiac arrhythmia GAS04 MAL16 TOX03 EYE15 PSY01 HEM05 ASTH ASTH PSY05 RHU01 PSY04 GSU03 PSY12 EYE02 CAR09 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 6-6 Special Population Markers EDC Description Diagnoses (Examples) Cardiac valve disorders Cardiomyopathy Cardiovascular disorders, other Cataract, aphakia Central nervous system infections Cerebral palsy Cerebrovascular disease Chromosomal anomalies Bipolar disorder Blindness Cardiac arrhythmia Cardiac valve disorders Cardiomyopathy Cardiovascular disorders, other Cataract, aphakia Central nervous system infections Cerebral palsy Cerebrovascular disease Chromosomal anomalies Chronic cystic disease of the breast Chronic liver disease Chronic pancreatitis Chronic renal failure Chronic ulcer of the skin Cleft lip and palate Congenital anomalies of limbs, hands, and feet Congenital heart disease Congestive heart failure Cystic fibrosis Deafness, hearing loss Degenerative joint disease Dementia and delirium Depression Developmental disorder Diabetic retinopathy Disorders of lipid metabolism Disorders of Newborn Period Disorders of the immune system Emphysema, chronic bronchitis, COPD Endometriosis Eye, other disorders Failure to thrive Gastrointestinal signs and symptoms Gastrointestinal/Hepatic disorders, other Generalized atherosclerosis Genito-urinary disorders, other Glaucoma Gout Headaches Hematologic disorders, other Hemolytic anemia CAR06 CAR07 CAR16 EYE06 NUR20 NUR18 NUR05 GTC01 PSY12 EYE02 CAR09 CAR06 CAR07 CAR16 EYE06 NUR20 NUR18 NUR05 GTC01 GSU06 GAS05 GAS12 REN01 REC03 REC01 MUS11 CAR04 CAR05 RES03 EAR08 MUS03 NUR11 PSY09 NUR19 EYE13 CAR11 NEW05 ALL06 RES04 FRE03 EYE14 NUT01 GAS01 GAS14 CAR10 GUR12 EYE08 RHU02 NUR02 HEM08 HEM01 Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Special Population Markers 6-7 EDC Description Diagnoses (Examples) Hemophilia, coagulation disorder High impact malignant neoplasms HIV, AIDS Hypertension, w/o major complications Hypertension, with major complications Hypothyroidism Inflammatory bowel disease Inherited metabolic disorders Irritable bowel syndrome Ischemic heart disease (excluding acute myocardial infarction) Kyphoscoliosis Low back pain Low impact malignant neoplasms Malignant neoplasms of the skin Malignant neoplasms, bladder Malignant neoplasms, breast Malignant neoplasms, cervix, uterus Malignant neoplasms, colorectal Malignant neoplasms, esophagus Malignant neoplasms, kidney Malignant neoplasms, liver and biliary tract Malignant neoplasms, lung Malignant neoplasms, lymphomas Malignant neoplasms, ovary Malignant neoplasms, pancreas Malignant neoplasms, prostate Malignant neoplasms, stomach Multiple sclerosis Muscular dystrophy Musculoskeletal disorders, other Nephritis, nephrosis Neurologic disorders, other Obesity Osteoporosis Other endocrine disorders Other skin disorders Paralytic syndromes, other Parkinson's disease Peripheral neuropathy, neuritis Peripheral vascular disease Personality disorders Prostatic hypertrophy Psychosocial disorders, other Quadriplegia and paraplegia Renal disorders, other Respiratory disorders, other Retinal disorders (excluding diabetic retinopathy) Rheumatoid arthritis Schizophrenia and affective psychosis Seizure disorder Short stature HEM07 MAL03 INF04 HYPT HYPT END04 GAS02 GTC02 GAS09 CAR03 MUS06 MUS14 MAL02 MAL01 MAL18 MAL04 MAL05 MAL12 MAL07 MAL08 MAL09 MAL10 MAL11 MAL06 MAL13 MAL14 MAL15 NUR08 NUR09 MUS17 REN04 NUR21 NUT03 END02 END05 SKN17 NUR17 NUR06 NUR03 GSU11 PSY08 GUR04 PSY11 NUR12 REN05 RES11 EYE03 RHU05 PSY07 NUR07 END03 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 6-8 Special Population Markers EDC Description Diagnoses (Examples) Sleep apnea Spinal cord injury/disorders RES06 NUR16 The chronic condition count represents the number of unique chronic EDC Flags present in the individual’s diagnosis history. When the stringent diagnostic certainty option is selected, more than one diagnosis from the chronic condition list may be required for the marker to be turned on. Table 6 provides a representative distribution of the chronic condition count for elderly and non-elderly populations. Table 6: Distribution of the Chronic Condition Count Marker Chronic Condition Count Non-Elderly Elderly 0 65.9% 16.1% 1 16.4% 11.2% 2 8.2% 14.3% 3 4.6% 15.1% 4 2.4% 12.9% 5 1.2% 9.7% 6 0.6% 6.9% 7 0.3% 4.7% 8 0.2% 3.3% 9 0.1% 2.2% 10+ 0.1% 3.6% Source: PharMetrics, Inc., a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA; national cross-section of managed care plans; population of 4,740,000 commercially insured lives (less than 65 years old) and population of 257,404 Medicare beneficiaries (65 years and older), 2007. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Special Population Markers 6-9 Condition Markers The ACG System uses condition markers to highlight specific conditions that are high prevalence chronic conditions, commonly selected for disease management or warranting ongoing medication therapy. Conditions that are used to measure pharmacy adherence are discussed in more detail in Chapter 11: Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization. The specific criteria for each condition are listed in Table 7. The values within these condition markers indicate the evidence used to identify members with the condition. The following values are possible: NP – The condition is not present; there is no evidence of the condition from any data source. TRT – The condition was identified according to specific treatment criteria (listed in Table 7) which include a minimum of two prescriptions (on different dates of service) from an appropriate chronic medication drug class. Regardless of the diagnostic certainty option selected, minimum visit counts will apply as listed in Table 7. It is possible to select the stringent diagnostic certainty option requiring two diagnoses for a related EDC, yet assign a condition marker to the value of TRT based on a single inpatient or emergency department diagnosis. ICD – The condition was identified only from diagnosis information. Each condition is identified by one or more EDCs. When the stringent diagnostic certainty option is selected, more than one diagnosis may be required for the condition to be identified. Rx – The condition was identified only from pharmacy information and minimum treatment criteria were not met. BTH – The condition was identified by both diagnosis and pharmacy criteria but minimum treatment criteria were not met. For each condition, a separate column indicates if the condition is untreated. The specific criteria for an untreated condition are listed in Table 7. Regardless of the specific visit criteria specified, the patient must also have the EDC assigned under the diagnostic criteria column to be identified as untreated. It is possible to meet the untreated criteria based on a single inpatient or emergency department diagnosis. If the stringent diagnostic certainty option is applied requiring two diagnoses for a related EDC, the patient will not be designated as untreated. The untreated column will have the following values: Y – The patient has no prescriptions in an appropriate chronic medication drug class. P - The patient is classified as potentiallyuntreated based upon one of the following criteria: 1. The patient has only one prescription in an appropriate chronic medication drug class. 2. The patient has more than one prescription in an appropriate chronic medication drug class but all prescriptions occurred on only one fill date. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 6-10 Special Population Markers 3. The patient has more than one prescription from multiple chronic medication drug classes but does not have two or more from a single chronic medication drug class. N – The patient meets treatment criteria and has two or more prescriptions in an appropriate chronic medication drug class. If none of the values apply to a particular member, the untreated column will be blank indicating that there was insufficient evidence to confirm the presence of the specific condition. Table 7: Definitions of Condition Markers Condition Diagnostic Pharmacy Criteria Criteria Treatment Criteria Untreated Criteria Bipolar disorder PSY12 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses plus 2 prescription fills in at least one of the drug classes: 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in a single drug class: Anti-convulsants, Anti-psychotics Anti-convulsants, Anti-psychotics 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses plus 2 prescription fills in at least one of the drug classes: 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in a single drug class: ACEI/ARB ACEI/ARB Aldosterone receptor blockers Aldosterone receptor blockers Beta-blockers Beta-blockers Diuretics Diuretics Inotropic agents Inotropic agents Vasodilators Vasodilators 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses plus 2 prescription fills in the drug class: 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in the drug class: Congestive heart failure Depression CAR05 PSY09 N/A CARx020 PSYx040 Anti-depressants Technical Reference Guide Anti-Depressants The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Special Population Markers 6-11 Condition Diagnostic Pharmacy Criteria Criteria Treatment Criteria Untreated Criteria Diabetes END06, END07, END08, END09 2 prescription fills in at least one of the drug classes: 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in a single drug class: Meglitinides Non-sulfonylureas Sulfonylureas Thiazolidinediones Other antihyperglycemic agents Long and shortacting Insulins Meglitinides Non-sulfonylureas Sulfonylureas Thiazolidinediones Other antihyperglycemic agents Long acting Insulins Meglitinides Non-sulfonylureas Sulfonylureas Thiazolidinediones Other antihyperglycemic agents Long acting Insulins Disorders of Lipid Metabolism CAR11 Bile acid sequestrants Cholesterol absorption inhibitors Fibric acid derivatives HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors Miscellaneous antihyperlipidemic agents 2 prescription fills in at least one of the drug classes: Bile acid sequestrants Cholesterol absorption inhibitors Fibric acid derivatives HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors Miscellaneous antihyperlipidemic agents 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in a single drug class: Bile acid sequestrants Cholesterol absorption inhibitors Fibric acid derivatives HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors Miscellaneous antihyperlipidemic agents Glaucoma EYE08 EYEx030 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses plus 2 prescription fills in the drug class: Ophthalmic glaucoma agents The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in the drug class: Ophthalmic Technical Reference Guide 6-12 Special Population Markers Condition Diagnostic Pharmacy Criteria Criteria Treatment Criteria Untreated Criteria glaucoma agents Human Immunodeficiency Virus INF04 HAART* 2 prescription fills in the drug class: HAART* 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in the drug class: HAART* Hypertension Hypothyroidism CAR14, CAR15 END04 CARx030 Thyroid replacement drugs 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses plus 2 prescription fills in at least one of the drug classes: 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in a single drug class ACEI/ARB ACEI/ARB Aldosterone receptor blockers Aldosterone receptor blockers Anti-adrenergic agents Anti-adrenergic agents Beta-blockers Beta-blockers Calcium channel blockers Calcium channel blockers Diuretics Diuretics Vasodilators Vasodilators 2 prescription fills in the drug class: 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in the drug class: Thyroid drugs Thyroid drugs Immunosuppression/Transplant ADM03 ALLx050 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses plus 2 prescription fills in the drug class: Immunologic agents Technical Reference Guide 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in the drug class: Immunologic The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Special Population Markers Condition 6-13 Diagnostic Pharmacy Criteria Criteria Treatment Criteria Untreated Criteria agents Ischemic heart disease Osteoporosis CAR03 END02 N/A ENDx010 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses plus 2 prescription fills in at least one of the drug classes: 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in a single drug class: Antianginal agents Antianginal agents Beta-blockers Beta-blockers Calcium channel blockers Calcium channel blockers 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses plus 2 prescription fills in the drug class: 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in the drug class: Osteoporosis Hormones Parkinson’s disease NUR06 Anticholinergic antiparkinson agents 2 prescription fills in at least one of the drug classes: Dopaminergic antiparkinsonism agents Anticholinergic antiparkinson agents Dopaminergic antiparkinsonism agents Osteoporosis Hormones 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in a single drug class: Anticholinergic antiparkinson agents Dopaminergic antiparkinsonism agents Persistent asthma ALL04, ALL05 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 RESx040 1 inpatient or ER principal diagnosis or 4 outpatient diagnoses plus 2 prescription fills at least one of the drug classes or 4 prescription fills in the same drug class: 1 inpatient or ER principal diagnosis or 4 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in a single drug class: Adrenergic bronchodilators Immunosuppressive Technical Reference Guide 6-14 Special Population Markers Condition Diagnostic Pharmacy Criteria Criteria Treatment Criteria Untreated Criteria Adrenergic bronchodilators monoclonal antibodies Immunosuppressive monoclonal antibodies Inhaled corticosteroids Inhaled corticosteroids Leukotriene modifiers Leukotriene modifiers Mast cell stabilizers Methylxanthines Mast cell stabilizers Methylxanthines Rheumatoid arthritis Schizophrenia RHU05 PSY07 MUSx020 N/A 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses plus 2 prescription fills in at least one of the drug classes: 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in a single drug class: Disease-modifying anti-rheumatic drugs (DMARDs) Disease-modifying anti-rheumatic drugs (DMARDs) Immunologic agents Immunologic agents 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses plus 2 prescription fills in the drug class: 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in the drug class: Anti-psychotics Seizure disorders NUR07 NURx050 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses plus 2 prescription fills in the drug class: Anti-convulsants Age-related macular degeneration Technical Reference Guide EYE15 Anti-angiogenic ophthalmic agents N/A Anti-psychotics 1 inpatient or ER diagnosis or 2 outpatient diagnoses with less than 2 prescription fills in the drug class: Anti-convulsants N/A The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Special Population Markers 6-15 Condition Diagnostic Pharmacy Criteria Criteria Treatment Criteria Untreated Criteria COPD RES04 N/A N/A N/A Chronic Renal Failure REN01 GURx020 N/A N/A Low back pain MUS14 N/A N/A N/A *HAART represents a multi-drug cocktail that can be delivered in a number of configurations. 1. HAART (a three drug combination filled with a single prescription) 2. Any NRTI combination drug including either zidovudine , abacavir or tenofovir with an additional NNRTI, entry inhibitor, integrase inhibitor or protease inhibitor 3. A NNRTI plus a ritonavir-boosted PI or nelfinavir 4. Three of more drugs from two or more different drug classes (Entry Inhibitors, Integrase Inhibitors, NNRTIs, NRTIs, Protease Inhibitors) The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 6-16 Special Population Markers This page was left blank intentionally. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predicting Future Resource Use 7-i 7 Predicting Future Resource Use Objectives ....................................................................................................... 7-1 Conceptual Basis of Predictive Modeling ................................................... 7-1 What is Predictive Modeling? .................................................................... 7-1 Text Box 1: Definition of Population-Based Predictive Modeling ........... 7-2 Forecasting Future Costs with the Components of the ACG Case-Mix System ........................................................................................................ 7-3 Table 1: Selected ACG Variables versus Hospitalization as Predictors of High Cost Patients.................................................................................. 7-3 Table 2: Proportion of Total Healthcare Costs Consumed by the Highest Cost 10% and Lowest Cost 50% of Enrollees .............................. 7-4 Multi-Morbidity as the Clinical Basis of PM ............................................. 7-5 Figure 1: Percentage of Patients with Selected Chronic Condition and Their Associated Number of Co-Morbidities............................................. 7-6 Figure 2: Total Healthcare Costs per Beneficiary by Count of Chronic Conditions .................................................................................................. 7-8 Elements of a Predictive Model: Five Key Dimensions ........................... 7-9 Conceptual Basis ................................................................................... 7-9 Target Population ................................................................................ 7-10 Statistical Modeling Approach ............................................................ 7-11 Data Inputs........................................................................................... 7-12 Outcomes Assessed ............................................................................. 7-13 Development of ACG Predictive Models .................................................. 7-13 Dx-PM: A Diagnosis-Defined Predictive Model ..................................... 7-13 Figure 3: Dx-PM Risk Factors ................................................................ 7-14 Development of Rx-PM ........................................................................... 7-15 Rx-PM Score ............................................................................................ 7-16 DxRx-PM: Combined ACG Predictive Model ........................................ 7-16 Resource Bands ........................................................................................... 7-16 High, Moderate and Low Impact Conditions ........................................... 7-17 High Pharmacy Utilization Model ............................................................. 7-17 High Pharmacy Utilization Model Outputs .............................................. 7-18 Probability of Unexpected Pharmacy Cost .......................................... 7-18 High Risk for Unexpected Pharmacy Cost .......................................... 7-18 Relevant to Clinicians and Case-Managers .............................................. 7-18 Table 3: Overlap of the High Pharmacy Utilization Model and Dx-PM (Top 1.5% of Scores) ............................................................................... 7-19 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 7-ii Predicting Future Resource Use This page left was blank intentionally. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predicting Future Resource Use 7-1 Objectives This chapter is intended to describe the basics of ACG Predictive Modeling. The chapter provides background information on the conceptual and clinical basis underlying predictive modeling and provides the history of the development of the suite of ACG Predictive Models™ (referred to collectively as ACG-PM™). Conceptual Basis of Predictive Modeling What is Predictive Modeling? Predictive modeling (PM) is used in a variety of manufacturing and service sectors to forecast, for example, costs, profitability, financial risk, purchasing behavior, and likelihood of defaulting on a loan. A predictive model comprises a set of variables (often called risk factors) that are selected because they are likely to influence the occurrence of the event or trend of interest. The predictions generated by the PM are used to improve decision-making in the face of uncertainty. In healthcare, PM has two purposes—one focuses on the individual patient to improve clinical decision-making (i.e., clinical prediction tools) and the other (i.e., populationbased predictive models) draws on data from groups of patients to forecast healthcare cost trends and to identify candidates for healthcare interventions such as care or disease management programs. In clinical medicine, PM is used to improve decision-making regarding prognosis, need for diagnostic testing, or likelihood of treatment responsiveness for individual patients. For example, data from the Framingham Heart Study are used to determine an individual’s risk of coronary heart disease according to age, sex, cigarette smoking, LDL and HDL cholesterol levels, blood pressure, and diabetes history.1 Each of these risk factors is given an integer weight, and an individual’s probability of future heart disease is related to the sum of the risk factor weights. Patients and health professionals use the Framingham Heart Disease Prediction Score to guide cardiovascular disease prevention behavior. Population-based predictive models, such as the ACG models, are used to forecast trends in healthcare costs for groups of patients or to identify candidates for intensive healthcare interventions (Text Box 1). (Note: Throughout this manual, we will refer to them simply as predictive models, rather than population-based PMs) Currently, ACG-PM uses health and healthcare risk factors from administrative claims and encounter data to produce risk scores. Future versions of ACG-PM will use clinical information from patients’ health records once these data are commonly collected and stored in digital formats. 1 Wilson PWF et al. Prediction of Coronary Heart Disease using risk factor categories. Circulation 1998;97:1837-1847. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 7-2 Predicting Future Resource Use Text Box 1: Definition of Population-Based Predictive Modeling Definition of Population-Based Predictive Modeling Population-based predictive models use health and healthcare information derived from all members of a population to predict future health events or forecast healthcare costs and service use for populations or individual patients. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predicting Future Resource Use 7-3 Forecasting Future Costs with the Components of the ACG Case-Mix System Before ACG-PM was developed, users of the ACG System successfully employed ACGs themselves and their building blocks, ADGs, to identify patients at high risk for future costs. A high burden of morbidity, defined by (1) the number of morbidity-types (ADGs) overall, 2) the number of major ADGs (i.e., those ADGs that have a high impact on future resources), or selected ACG categories perform well in predicting the future risk of using healthcare resource. The performance of these components compared to prior hospitalization in predicting high risk users is shown in Table 1. Table 1: Selected ACG Variables versus Hospitalization as Predictors of High Cost Patients Baseline (Year 1) Predictor Variables Used to Define Risk Groups Percentage of Members Percentage Risk Group Who are High Cost (top 5% of the population) in Next Year (Year 2) Prior Use 2+ Hospitalizations Commercial population Medicare population 0.6% 4.1% 39.6% 19.5% 2.5% 11.3% 34.2% 12.6% 0.4% 4.2% 54.1% 19.5% 2.3% 11.2% 35.1% 12.7% Morbidity Measures 10+ Morbidity types (ADGs) Commercial population Medicare population 4+ Major Morbidity types (Major ADGs) Commercial population Medicare population Selected ACGs Commercial population Medicare population Source: PharMetrics, Inc., a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA; national cross-section of managed care plans; population of 2,259,584 commercially insured lives (less than 65 years old) and population of 93,620 Medicare beneficiaries (65 years and older), 2001-2002. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 7-4 Predicting Future Resource Use For example, commercially insured patients who were hospitalized two or more times in the baseline year comprised 0.6% of the total population and had a risk of 39.6% for being in the high cost group (top 5% of total healthcare costs) in the next year. On the other hand, patients with the highest morbidity burden ACG categories, those with four or more major ADGs comprised 0.4% of the total population and had a risk of 54.1% for being in the high cost group. Observations such as these led our team to believe that the clinical logic that underpinned the ACG system could be successfully modified and expanded to form more comprehensive predictive modeling applications. Retrospectively, we know with certainty which persons were high-cost consumers of health care resources and which were lower cost. One of the most consistent findings about resource utilization is that 10% of people consume about 60% of resources, whereas the lowest cost 50% of consumers account for only about 4% of costs (Table 2). This concentration of health care resources in a small segment of the population is a universal finding across all populations, and it is the key empirical observation that underpins the conceptual rationale of risk adjustment. Predictive modeling reduces the uncertainty of who will be high-cost in the future. In terms of statistical performance, the best predictive models are those that are most accurate at either forecasting future costs for groups of patients or classifying patients as potentially high cost. Table 2: Proportion of Total Healthcare Costs Consumed by the Highest Cost 10% and Lowest Cost 50% of Enrollees % Enrolled Population % Total Healthcare Costs Highest cost 10% Commercial Medicare 63% 55% Lowest cost 50% Commercial Medicare 4% 9% Source: PharMetrics, Inc., a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA; national cross-section of managed care plans; population of 2,259,584 commercially insured lives (less than 65 years old) and population of 93,620 Medicare beneficiaries (65 years and older), 2001-2002. The unique insight provided by the ACG System is that morbidity can be categorized in a way that is both clinically logical and informative of future healthcare resources. The clinical risk factors in ACG-PM are likely to persist over time and are indicative of sustained health need (i.e., capacity to benefit from health services) and demand (i.e., patient or provider desire for services). The predictions from ACG-PM can be used to identify high-cost persons prospectively to better forecast their future costs and to proactively identify individuals whose high intensity healthcare needs may be amenable to organized care management or expanded primary care interventions. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predicting Future Resource Use 7-5 Multi-Morbidity as the Clinical Basis of PM In the 21st century, people are living longer and experiencing healthier later lives than their parents and grandparents. These improvements in health are a reflection of advances in public health, medicine, and general improvements in the economy that resulted in greater affluence for all people. With the development of vaccines and antimicrobial therapy, the morbidity profile of patients presenting to medical care has shifted from the common acute diseases of the 1900s to longer term, chronic diseases, such as hypertension, diabetes, or ischemic heart disease. This change in disease patterns has been called the ― epidemiological shift.‖ Along with this greater burden of chronic illness, it became increasingly obvious that individuals are likely to have not just a single chronic condition, but multiple co-occurring chronic diseases, a phenomenon known as multi-morbidity. In fact, the ACG System was developed to classify multi-morbidity, the new clinical reality faced by populations in developed nations. Among commercially insured populations, just 14.5% of patients with diabetes and 24.7% of those with hypertension had that condition only and no other chronic conditions (Figure 1). On the other hand, among Medicare beneficiaries, 51.3% of those with diabetes, 59.8% of those with ischemic heart disease, 47.1% of those with arthritis, and 38.2% of those with hypertension had four or more other chronic conditions. In short, co-morbidity is the norm among adults with chronic illness. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 7-6 Predicting Future Resource Use Figure 1: Percentage of Patients with Selected Chronic Condition and Their Associated Number of Co-Morbidities Commercially Insured Population (less than 65 years old) 100% 90% 25.1 80% 70% 15.7 60% 50% 20% 10% 0% 14.9 12.3 12 18.6 20.1 18.2 22 40% 30% 35.2 16.5 21.3 24.7 28.3 28 24.7 Arthritis Hypertension 22.6 17.4 14.5 Diabetes 4+ 3 2 1 0 8 Ischemic Heart Disease Medicare Beneficiaries (65 years and older) 100% 90% 80% 70% 51.3 47.1 38.2 59.8 60% 17.2 50% 40% 30% 20% 16.5 14.1 11.2 0% 4.4 Diabetes Technical Reference Guide 19.6 2 1 17.1 0 17.2 15.9 10% 3 18.1 17.1 7.7 1.9 Ischemic Heart Disease 12.5 4+ 5.1 7.9 Arthritis Hypertension The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predicting Future Resource Use 7-7 Source: PharMetrics, Inc., a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA; national cross-section of managed care plans; population of 2,259,584 commercially insured lives (less than 65 years old) and population of 93,620 Medicare beneficiaries (65 years and older), 2001-2002. An extensive amount of research produced by our team and others in the academic and commercial sectors has repeatedly shown that multi-morbidity is a common clinical feature of individuals who were high-cost in the past and those likely to be high cost in the future. With each additional chronic condition, health spending per beneficiary rises dramatically (Figure 2). Compared with individuals with no chronic conditions, those with five or more are 25 times more costly among the commercially insured and 20 times more costly among Medicare beneficiaries. In sum, multi-morbidity provides critically important clinical insight into why a small percentage of the population consumes such a large share of resources, and is therefore a logical clinical basis for predictive modeling. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 7-8 Predicting Future Resource Use Figure 2: Total Healthcare Costs per Beneficiary by Count of Chronic Conditions Commercially Insured Population (less than 65 years old) 20000 $18,118 total healthcare costs/person ($) 18000 16000 14000 12000 10000 $7,950 8000 $5,537 6000 $3,601 4000 2000 $2,180 $725 0 0 1 2 3 4 5+ # chronic conditions Medicare Beneficiaries (65 years and older) 14000 $12,429 total healthcare costs/person ($) 12000 10000 8000 6000 $5,198 $3,600 4000 2000 $1,706 $2,482 $637 0 0 1 2 3 4 5+ # chronic conditions Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predicting Future Resource Use 7-9 Source: PharMetrics, Inc., a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA; national cross-section of managed care plans; population of 2,259,584 commercially insured lives (less than 65 years old) and population of 93,620 Medicare beneficiaries (65 years and older), 2001-2002. Elements of a Predictive Model: Five Key Dimensions The structure of a predictive model can be characterized in five dimensions: conceptual basis; target population; data inputs; statistical modeling approach; and, outcomes predicted. Each of these dimensions is discussed in more detail below. For each dimension, we provide a specific description of that attribute for ACG-PM. Conceptual Basis Dozens of predictive models have been developed and are commercially available to medical managers, actuaries, and other healthcare professionals to predict future costs and identify the highest opportunity patients for care management and other intensive population-based interventions. Most of these PMs, however, are (unfortunately) atheoretical—that is, they are not based on any conceptual model related to the patient, provider, and health system factors that determine health need, demand, and supply. Because PMs are increasingly being used as supplemental decision tools in the care of high cost patients, to be meaningful to medical managers and health professionals, every PM should be grounded in a strong conceptual framework. For example, ACG-PM is based on a rich and comprehensive set of multi-morbidity clinical frameworks (the logic that classifies diagnostic codes to ADGs and EDCs, the logic that forms ACG categories, and the logic that classifies pharmacy codes to Rx-MGs) that distinguish ACGs from all other risk adjustment methodologies. Two important problems result from PMs that are purely data-driven. First, without a conceptual basis for the PM, the meaning of the PM output, commonly referred to as a risk score, is unclear. Does the risk refer to future resource use, future health, future specific utilization events such as hospitalization or something else? A second problem with the atheoretical approach to PM development is that these models do not bridge the financial and clinical enterprises in health care organizations. Although a risk score that is predictive of future costs may be useful to an actuary interested in small group underwriting, the same score has no meaning to health professionals who are more concerned with clinical factors that are responsible for those costs. An empirically based argument can be developed for using the current year’s costs to predict future costs. In fact, this has been the strategy for many years. In terms of statistical performance, prior cost is a fairly good predictor of future cost, but it has important limitations. First, prior cost has no inherent clinical meaning, and is therefore of no relevance to clinicians who wish to intervene. It is not tied to morbidity and, thereby, cannot be translated into clinical action. Second, prior cost is subject to the phenomenon of regression to the mean; very high costs in one year tend to drift towards average costs in the subsequent year. This occurs because uncommon and high-cost medical events (e.g., a hospitalization) tend not to repeat themselves. Third, prior-use measures are also not appropriate as risk factors for risk-adjusted rate setting or profiling as they potentially could provide incentives to use excessive and inappropriate resources. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 7-10 Predicting Future Resource Use The ACG predictive models have comparable, and in many applications, superior, statistical performance compared with prior cost measures. Clinically based models, such as ACG-PM, produce risk scores that can be adapted for financial applications such as underwriting and actuarial forecasting. Importantly, these risk scores can be decomposed into the clinical cost drivers. Prior cost measures are useful only for financial forecasting and have little to no relevance for the clinical mission of health care organizations. ACG-PM is grounded in clinical logic. Each of the risk factors in the models is a clinical variable that has meaning to health professionals and when combined produce a risk score that is a robust predictor of future costs, utilization, and health status. Because of this clinical grounding, ACG-PM can provide a common language between financial and clinical managers in health care organizations. This is an important innovation for risk adjustment and health care management more generally. Target Population PMs can be developed for a general population (generic approach) or those distinguished by age, sex, disease category, or some other personal characteristic (categorical approach). A significant advantage of the generic approach is that the same set of predictors is used for all modeling applications, which allows one to compare cost drivers across groups. Categorical model development, however, is optimized for sub-groups within a population defined by disease class or age group, for example. Greater predictive accuracy may be achieved for sub-groups if model risk factors are specifically selected for patients within the sub-group. Whether this holds true statistically is unclear and requires further investigation. ACG-PM applies to a general population, which is consistent with the whole-person orientation of the entire ACG system. However, ACG-PM can be optimized for disease or age groups by fitting the model (i.e., establishing new weights for the risk factor set) for a sub-population of interest. With the availability of laboratory and patient-reported outcomes it seems likely that optimal performance of models will entail more customization to the target population. Our research has shown that the primary difference between age groups in predictive modeling applications was the distribution of morbidity. Nonetheless, there is a need for a small number of age-specific conditions (e.g., Alzheimer’s disease occurs almost exclusively in older patients, while pregnancy and delivery is a condition of younger women) in PMs that use a generic approach. To address this need, ACG-PM includes all conditions that are important predictors of future health and resource use for any age group. However, for age-specific applications, different weights are attached to the predictors to reflect that the conditions or other clinical variables have different levels of influence on future health and healthcare by age group. (For example, pregnancy as a risk factor would get a weight of zero for an over 65 population.) In effect, ACG-PM is calibrated differently by age with age-specific weights attached to the predictors. The same type of calibration can be done for patients with specific diseases. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predicting Future Resource Use 7-11 Statistical Modeling Approach Several types of statistical approaches can be used to develop predictive models. Here we summarize the most common. Algebraic. The simplest approach is to use current cost data or a count of conditions (or some other algebraically computed clinical marker) as a predictor of future cost. The model might add additional factors such as the rate of medical inflation and, perhaps, demographics such as age and gender. Such models are not well suited to individual predictions and have no inherent clinical meaning. They are also subject to regression to the mean (i.e., the natural tendency of groups of individuals who are high cost one year to move towards mean costs in the following years). Furthermore, the incorporation of prior use potentially conflates demand with the actual need for health care services, which makes such models particularly unsuited for profiling applications in which the goal is to assess the match between services delivered and services needed. Linear Regression. Linear regression using ordinary least squares parameter estimation is widely used and provides fairly stable estimates. The individual predictions have an intuitive appeal, because they can readily be translated into dollar values. However, cost data do not fulfill the assumptions for these models (which are best suited for data following a normal distribution with common variance across the variable range) but the models are sufficiently robust that some departures from the assumptions can be tolerated. Because it is important to be cautious about extreme values, or outliers, that could dramatically alter the fitting of the regression line, linear models frequently employ truncation or top coding to minimize outlier effects. More sophisticated generalized linear models that use transformations of the dependent variable and assume a non-normal distribution of error terms have been used in some predictive modeling applications. The superiority of these alternative models compared with standard ordinary least squares estimation has not been demonstrated as yet. Our work suggests, for example, that generalized linear models using a log link function and a gamma distribution of error terms provide PM estimates that are no better, and in many cases inferior to, standard linear regression methods. Thus, ACG-PM was developed using a standard linear regression approach with ordinary least squares estimation in order to provide risk factor weights (the beta coefficients from the regression equations) with intuitive, real-dollar meaning. Logistic Regression. This regression approach is applied to dichotomous outcomes events such as whether someone is hospitalized or is in a high-cost group (e.g., in the top 5% of the highest cost persons in the population). Logistic regression assumes a specific functional form between predictors and the outcome (a logit relationship) that may not be observed in health care resource use applications. The approach also attenuates differences between cases because the risk output is a predicted probability that ranges between 0 and 1. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 7-12 Predicting Future Resource Use Neural Networks. These modeling strategies (also referred to as artificial intelligence approaches) represent collections of mathematical models that attempt to emulate the processes observed in biological nervous systems, including the capacity to adapt and learn from prior experiences or observations. They are fundamentally atheoretical and lack a logical clinical or conceptual model. Neural networks require no specification of the nature of the relationship between predictors and the outcome in advance. An optimally fitted model is created as part of an iterative statistical fitting or learning process. Neural networks are computationally intense, can be difficult to understand, and every solution is unique (which can be a problem for models used in rate setting or comparing data across populations). From the perspective of either empirical accuracy or performance, neural network models have yet to demonstrate any advantage over those developed using linear regression methods. Data Inputs One of the main challenges facing PM development is the limited risk factor data on which the models can be based. Currently, most PMs depend on standard medical claims (age, sex, diagnoses, procedures, outpatient medications, service dates, and costs) available from administrative billing records. ACG-PM uses age, sex, diagnostic codes, medication codes, and optional summary cost variables. For a given patient, all demographic, diagnostic, and pharmaceutical information available in administrative claims records is used by ACG-PM assignment algorithms. Alternatively, there are PM approaches that organize care into a number of discrete timedelimited episodes of care. While episode approaches have some appeal to those who envision the care process in these terms, commonly available claims data used for predictive modeling are encouraged as encounters rather than as episodes. This requires episode-based approaches to use complex decision rules to assign services, medications, and diagnostic information to a unique time-dependent cluster, called the episode-of-care. These algorithms reject large numbers of claims during the assignment process, effectively leaving a substantial amount of clinical data on ― the cutting room floor.‖ Thus, the clinical picture created by episode of care PMs is incomplete, which contrasts with the use-every-clinical-datum approach of the ACG system. Further, episode-based approaches encourage a disease by disease approach to the care process which, as we have noted above, is best characterized by the simultaneous presence of multiple morbidities. Several data sources that offer exciting new avenues for model development will soon be available: clinical information from electronic health records; physiological outcome data from laboratory assessments; patient-reported psychosocial outcomes; and, background socio-demographic information. These additional data sources will stimulate development of new generations of PMs that are more individualized to each patient’s context and needs. With the limited source of risk factor data available to the current generation of PMs, model predictive capabilities are limited as well. All predictive models are decision tools that must be used with good clinical and managerial judgment and augmented with other sources of information. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predicting Future Resource Use 7-13 Outcomes Assessed ACG-PM can predict a large range of financial and clinical outcomes, including: Total healthcare costs Pharmacy costs Outpatient costs (and sub-components, e.g., imaging, physician, laboratory, specialty, ED) Inpatient hospitalization ICU admissions Physician visits Specialty referrals Morbidity events (such as acute complications of chronic disease) Mortality Optimal performance of ACG-PM occurs when weights for each of the risk factors are obtained from models that employ the same outcome as that which is being predicted. If the outcome is risk of mortality, using risk factor weights obtained from a test model that regress the occurrence of death on the full set of risk factors will give the most accurate prediction results, and would be superior to utilization-based weights. In this way ACGPM can be customized to the outcome of interest. Development of ACG Predictive Models The ACG system includes two types of predictive models, Dx-PM and Rx-PM, which differ according to the data inputs. The first is based on diagnostic codes (i.e., ICD-9CM, ICD-10) and the second is built with medication codes (i.e., NDC codes). Both are excellent predictive models for forecasting healthcare costs and identifying high-risk patients. In this section we describe the clinical basis and development of both model types. The section concludes with a discussion of a combined model, DxRx-PM, that includes both diagnostic and medication code inputs. Dx-PM: A Diagnosis-Defined Predictive Model The ACG System’s Dx-PM is a predictive model constructed from diagnoses given to patients in all inpatient and outpatient clinical settings, age, and sex. The Dx-PM modeling strategy makes use of the comprehensive array of metrics available within the entire ACG risk adjustment system. The sole data inputs to the model are age, sex, and diagnostic codes. The set of risk factors that constitute Dx-PM is shown pictorially in Figure 3, and is discussed in detail below. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 7-14 Predicting Future Resource Use Figure 3: Dx-PM Risk Factors Age and gender are included to assess age-related and gender-based health needs. Overall morbidity burden is measured using the ACG categorization of morbidity burden. The variable in the model includes 3 groupings of low resource intensity ACG categories and 24 individual ACGs that are the most resource intensive morbidity groups. High-impact chronic conditions were selected for inclusion in the predictive model because when they are present they have a high impact on resource consumption. They are common chronic conditions that are associated with greater than average resource consumption, uncommon diseases with high impact on both cost and health, complications of chronic disease that signify high disease severity (e.g., diabetic retinopathy), or conditions that are a major biological influences on health status (e.g., transplant status, malignancy). Only conditions for which the evidence linking health care to outcomes is strong were included in the model. A sub-set of the ACG system’s Expanded Diagnostic Clusters (EDCs) is used to identify the high impact conditions in the model. Hospital dominant condition markers are based on diagnoses that, when present, are associated with a greater than 50 percent probability among affected patients of hospitalization in the next year. All these diagnoses are setting-neutral, i.e., they can be given in any inpatient or outpatient face-to-face encounter with a health professional. The variable is a count of the number of morbidity types (i.e., ADGs) with at least one hospital dominant diagnosis. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predicting Future Resource Use 7-15 Development of Rx-PM The first PM that the ACG team developed was based entirely on diagnostic codes, age, and sex (Dx-PM). Although Dx-PM was successfully used in many health care organizations, it was noted that in many cases the ACG system user had access to NDC/ATC codes, but no ICD information. Some plans had medication data only and others wanted to identify high risk patients (and enroll them proactively in care management programs) before the 6 months needed to assign Dx-PM had elapsed. RxPM was developed to address these needs. Incorporating medication data into ACG-PM presented several new opportunities for our development efforts. First, medication-based predictive modeling can be done before the full set of ICD codes are obtained, which is the case for new enrollees in a health plan, for example. We believe that a thorough clinical history and recording of medications during a single encounter may be sufficient to assign an Rx-PM risk score. Second, medication data captures a unique constellation of clinical information that overlaps, although not entirely, with diagnostic codes. The combination of the two data sources complement one another, particularly when the outcome of interest is total health care costs, and offer the promise of superior PM performance. Third, we sought to create a clinically-based, medication-defined PM that comprised a set of risk factors that group medications according to the types of morbidity that they are commonly used to treat. We were unaware of any Rx-based PM that used this clinically oriented approach, which we feel is one of the more important innovations presented by the Rx-PM. Some medication-defined PMs group a sub-set of medication codes into disease entities, whereas other medication-defined PMs are no more than medication therapeutic classes. Both approaches fail to fully capture the unique attributes of morbidity conveyed by medication data, which is the clinical innovation offered by Rx-PM. Several challenges are posed by medication-only PMs. The sheer volume of drug codes (there are now over 100,000 NDCs, and over 5,000 fourth and fifth Level ATC codes) makes creating a streamlined set of risk factors highly challenging. Moreover, medication use is not synonymous with presence of specific disease. One medication can be used to treat many diseases, and one disease often has many medication options for its management. This relationship between medication and disease entities convinced us that an NDC/ATC-based PM should be based on a new way of classifying morbidity-one that captures the unique clinical information embedded in medication use data--rather than an approach that attempts to attach disease labels to medications. Because risk scores based entirely on NDC/ATC codes are subject to artificial inflation associated with excess and inappropriate medication usage, any NDC/ATC grouping algorithm underpinning a PM should be developed in a way to blunt this potential circularity problem. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 7-16 Predicting Future Resource Use Rx-PM Score Rx-PM produces a score that is the sum of the Rx-MG, generic drug count, age, and sex risk factor weights. Each Rx-MG is entered into the model as an indicator (yes/no) variable. An Rx-MG is either turned on or off, regardless of the number of medications that may be prescribed within that category or the number of times each medication may have been prescribed. This all-or-none attribute of the Rx-MGs minimizes the potential bias introduced by excessive prescribing or medication changing within therapeutic classes, leading to spuriously high risk scores. A prior cost variable can be added as a risk factor and is considered a measure of demand for services not captured by NDC codes. This strategy maximizes model parsimony and clinical utility of the predictor variables while optimizing statistical performance. DxRx-PM: Combined ACG Predictive Model When both diagnostic and medication codes are available for a patient population, a model that combines Dx-PM and Rx-PM can be used. We call this combined model DxRx-PM. This model includes all the Dx-PM and Rx-PM predictors along with the appropriate prior cost variable. Combining these risk factors is clinically logical because the morbidity information obtained from diagnostic codes complements that which is obtained from medication codes. In effect, the combined model provides the fullest clinical picture of the patient’s health needs and demand for care that is possible using administrative data. The innovation that the Dx-PM, Rx-PM, and DxRx-PM present is their unique clinical logic coupled with their excellent statistical performance. Each employs risk factors that were created using clinical frameworks that make sense to health professionals and medical managers. As we will show in the next section, each has superlative statistical performance. The combination of clinical logic with excellent financial predictions provides a common language that can link medical and financial managers in health care organizations. Resource Bands The software incorporates both prior total cost and prior pharmacy cost bands into the ACG predictive models. They are a useful adjunct to analysts wishing to stratify their populations. Possible values include: 0 – 0 or no pharmacy costs 1 – 1-10 percentile 2 – 11-25 percentile 3 – 26-50 percentile 4 – 51-75 percentile 5 – 76-90 percentile Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predicting Future Resource Use 7-17 6 – 91-93 percentile 7 – 94-95 percentile 8 – 96-97 percentile 9 – 98-99 percentile High, Moderate and Low Impact Conditions Within the Patient Clinical Profile report, the EDCs and Rx-MGs associated with an individual are categorized as High, Moderate or Low impact. The definition for these categories is based on the individual contribution of the condition to the predictive modeling score. The specific criteria are as follows: High Impact EDC: Coefficient >1 in the non-elderly Dx-PM without prior cost predicting total cost model Moderate Impact EDC: Coefficient between 0.1 and 1.0 in the non-elderly Dx-PM without prior cost predicting total cost model Low Impact EDC: Coefficient less than 0.1 or not included in the non-elderly Dx-PM without prior cost predicting total cost model High Impact Rx-MG: Coefficient >1 in the non-elderly Rx-PM without prior cost predicting total cost model Moderate Impact Rx-MG: Coefficient between 0.1 and 1.0 in the non-elderly Rx-PM without prior cost predicting total cost model Low Impact Rx-MG: Coefficient less than 0.1 in the non-elderly Rx-PM without prior cost predicting total cost model High Pharmacy Utilization Model Traditional predictive modeling focuses on using diagnoses and/or pharmacy information to predict future expenditures. Current models work well and have provided a means of identifying individuals at risk for future high pharmacy expenditures. However, a limitation of the current approach is that these models, by definition, have tended to identify a multi-morbid population whose high use of pharmacy services may well be justified; or, more specifically, their disease profile warrants the high use of medications. The High Pharmacy Utilization model is specifically designed to address this shortcoming and is focused on predicting the subset of the multi-morbid population who are consuming drugs above and beyond what might be anticipated based on their morbidity burden. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 7-18 Predicting Future Resource Use High Pharmacy Utilization Model Outputs Probability of Unexpected Pharmacy Cost The probability of unexpected pharmacy cost is a numerical probability score representing the result of applying weights from a logistic regression model on the development data set predicting individuals with moderate or high morbidity with unusually large pharmacy expenditures. The model independent variables include age, gender, ACG categories, and select high impact conditions defined by EDCs, Rx-MGs, hospital dominant conditions, and frailty. The markers in the model are the same as the DxRx-PM model markers without prior cost. In the development data set individuals were deemed to have moderate or multi-morbidity if they were assigned to a moderate or higher resource utilization band and they were considered to have unusually large pharmacy expenditures if their standardized pharmacy expenditures were more than 1.75 standard deviations from their predicted amount based on diagnoses information2. High Risk for Unexpected Pharmacy Cost High Risk for Unexpected Pharmacy Cost is a binary flag that indicates individuals with a Probability of Unexpected Pharmacy Cost greater than 0.4. Relevant to Clinicians and Case-Managers Objectives for success for the High Pharmacy Utilization Model included PPV/SENS and ROC statistics similar to traditional predictive modeling strategies; however, to warrant inclusion of an additional model in the ACG suite of predictive models the High Pharmacy Utilization Model needed to identify a different group of individuals than traditional predictive modeling methods. Table 3 summarizes the overlap of the High Pharmacy Utilization Model and Dx-PM to identify high pharmacy users with moderate morbidity burden or higher and indicates that the overlap between the two models was only 16%. In short, the High Pharmacy Utilization Model is identifying a new group of patients not identified by our prior methods. 2 This is a laymen’s interpretation of applying methodologies outlined in Gray Woodal’s 1993 article ― The Maximum Size of Standardized and Internally Studentized Residuals in Regression Analyses‖. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predicting Future Resource Use 7-19 Table 3: Overlap of the High Pharmacy Utilization Model and Dx-PM (Top 1.5% of Scores) Total Identified by Both High Pharmacy Utilization and Dx-PM Total 20,709 7,822 49,253 42.05% 15.88% 100.00% Identified by High Pharmacy Utilization Model only Identified by Dx-PM only 20,722 42.07% There are a variety of reasons why this population subgroup may be of interest and explanations as to why pharmacy utilization might be higher than expected. Sometimes pharmacy costs are higher because of the use of an expensive medication. Other times unanticipated high drug costs may be related to quality issues (i.e., poor or uncoordinated care). Unexpected high pharmacy utilization can also be a result of both cost and quality issues. These can range from poor data (i.e., missing ICD codes), to poor or inadequate care and/or gaps in care. Other times it is simply a matter of polypharmacy and/or patient abuse. The hope is that this model can help clinical or case managers to: Better identify those at risk for future high pharmacy utilization Provide information about what you can do to improve outcomes and/or reduce cost for those at risk including: Providing better coordination Refining the drug regimen Other interventions yet to be identified. The ACG Team looks forward to feedback on the success of this model and will continue to explore the methodologies introduced here in anticipation of additional predictive models for target populations. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide 7-20 Predicting Future Resource Use This page was left blank intentionally. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance 8-i 8 Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance Overview of ACG Predictive Models Statistical Performance ................. 8-1 H H Validation Data ............................................................................................. 8-1 H H Adjusted R-Square Values ........................................................................... 8-1 H H Table 1: Predictive Models Evaluated ...................................................... 8-2 Table 2: Proportion of Variance Explained (Adjusted R-Square Values) Using Year 1 Risk Factors and Year 2 Resource Use Measures for Alternative Predictive Models.............................................. 8-3 Table 3: Proportion of Variance Explained (Adjusted R-Square Values) Using Year 1 Risk Factors and Year 2 Resource Use Measures for Prior Cost and ICD & NDC Based Combined Models ........ 8-5 Interpreting Adjusted R-Square Values ..................................................... 8-6 Predictive Ratios ........................................................................................ 8-6 Table 4: Predictive Ratio by Year-1 Cost Quintile for Commercial and Medicare Populations .......................................................................... 8-7 H H H H H H H H H H H H Sensitivity and Positive Predictive Value.................................................... 8-8 H H Table 5: Sensitivity and PPV for Top Five Percent .................................. 8-9 H H ROC Curve.................................................................................................. 8-10 H H Table 6: C-Statistics ................................................................................ 8-10 H H Clinical Information Improves on Prior Cost.......................................... 8-11 H H Figure 1: Venn Diagram Comparing Overlap of Prior, Predicted, and Actual High Cost Users ..................................................................... 8-12 H H Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 8-ii Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance 8-1 Overview of ACG Predictive Models Statistical Performance This section demonstrates the ACG predictive models statistical performance while describing the various ways in which they can be applied in health care applications. In developing the ACG Predictive Modeling suite, the goal was to attain the highest level of statistical performance as measured by commonly used benchmarks such as the percent of variation in cost explained by the model (R-Squared statistic) while retaining the underlying clinical sense and ease of use that are hallmarks of the ACG System. Validation Data A very large longitudinal claims database, licensed from PharMetrics, a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA, was used for our modeling efforts. The database is generally representative of the U.S. commercially insured population. Two populations were used for modeling: (1) commercial (all ages to 65 years old) and (2) Medicare Advantage (Medicare managed care). Two years of data for the period 2006-2007 were used. Only persons with at least six months of enrollment in year one and one month of enrollment in year two were included. For the pharmacy model, the population was restricted to include enrollees that had both pharmacy and medical eligibility. For the commercial population, the database was split into two randomly assigned halves for development and validation, with roughly 2.5 million persons in each of these halves. Given that the Medicare population was much smaller, we chose to base development on the entire population of roughly 250,000. Adjusted R-Square Values The conventional measure of model performance is the R-Squared statistic. This statistic measures how well the model fits the data and has become a standard measure of performance, especially among underwriters and actuaries who must price products across a range of populations. Comparative performance statistics have been calculated for the models outlined in Table 1. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 8-2 Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance Table 1: Predictive Models Evaluated Risk Model Description Age and Sex Simple demographic model Age, Sex, and ADG Simple demographic model augmented with ADGs, the ACG building blocks Prior Cost Total Cost or Pharmacy Cost as appropriate ACG DxRx-PM ICD- and NDC-based predictive model Charlson Index 17 ICD-based high impact conditions ACG Dx-PM ICD-based predictive model Chronic Disease Score 29 NDC-based disease-oriented markers ACG Rx-PM NDC-based predictive model Generally where the data are available it is recommended that a combined model, the DxRx-PM, be implemented as it takes advantage of all available data streams. Whether or not to include prior cost as a predictor in any model is a more difficult decision. Including prior cost has the impact of increasing explained variance. Therefore, for financial models the choice is easy, incorporate prior cost. If all you care about is explained variance than including prior cost increases explanatory power. However, having the highest R-square value does not necessarily always equate to the optimal methodology. For example, for care management applications it is less clear that using prior cost offers clear advantages. Prior high cost users may or may not be amenable to disease or case-management intervention programs. In contrast, individuals identified as high risk using only diagnosis or pharmacy data (and excluding prior cost information), are oftentimes better candidates for such intervention programs. Therefore, for care management purposes, diagnosis or pharmacy based (or combination models) may provide the best performance. More information on model performance under particular circumstances is presented below. The results of this comparative assessment in both commercial and Medicare populations are shown in Table 2 for diagnosis-based and pharmacy-based models. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance 8-3 Table 2: Proportion of Variance Explained (Adjusted R-Square Values) Using Year 1 Risk Factors and Year 2 Resource Use Measures for Alternative Predictive Models Commercially Insured Enrollees Predictive Total Model Costs Age, Sex Medicare Beneficiaries Pharmacy Physician Costs Visits 5% 7% 5% ICD/Diagnostic Code Based Models Predictive Total Model Costs Age, Sex Pharmacy Physician Costs Visits 1% 0% 0% ICD/Diagnostic Code Based Models Age, Sex, ADG 17% 20% 25% Age, Sex, ADG 11% 7% 25% ACG 16% 17% 22% ACG 10% 5% 22% 12% 7% 11% 16% 10% 26% Age, Sex, Charlson Disease Indicators 13% 17% 10% Age, Sex, Charlson Disease Indicators Dx-PM 21% 29% 23% Dx-PM Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 8-4 Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance Commercially Insured Enrollees Predictive Total Model Costs Medicare Beneficiaries Pharmacy Physician Costs Visits Predictive Total Model Costs Pharmacy Physician Costs Visits NDC/Medication Code Based Models NDC/Medication Code Based Models Age, Sex, Chronic Disease Score 16% 35% 12% Age, Sex, Chronic Disease Score 10% 23% 13% Rx-PM 19% 44% 17% Rx-PM 12% 27% 16% Notes: Total costs were truncated at $50,000 and pharmacy costs at $20,000. For each resource use measure, the highest R2 value is highlighted. Data are from IMS Health Incorporated. Technical Reference Guide Notes: Total costs were truncated at $50,000 and pharmacy costs at $20,000. For each resource use measure, the highest R2 value is highlighted. Data are from IMS Health Incorporated. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance 8-5 Dx-PM is the best performer across populations in terms of predicting total costs. Not surprisingly, Rx-PM is a much better predictor of pharmacy costs. Where the models are combined we see the best performance of all. For these models we chose to present results from models that both include and exclude prior cost information as it is a powerful predictor of future cost. As can be seen by the results summarized in Table 3, prior cost gives a boost to explaining pharmacy costs but appears to have little impact on estimates of total cost. This option is available for Dx-PM alone and Rx-PM alone as well. Table 3: Proportion of Variance Explained (Adjusted R-Square Values) Using Year 1 Risk Factors and Year 2 Resource Use Measures for Prior Cost and ICD & NDC Based Combined Models Commercially Insured Enrollees Predictive Model Total Costs Medicare Beneficiaries Pharmacy Costs Combined Models Predictive Model Total Costs Pharmacy Costs Combined Models DxRx-PM w/out Prior Costs 24% 46% DxRx-PM w/out Prior Costs 19% 28% DxRx-PM with Prior Costs 26% 57% DxRx-PM with Prior Costs 19% 38% Notes: Total costs were truncated at $50,000 and pharmacy costs at $20,000. For each resource use measure, the highest R2 value is highlighted. Data are from IMS Health Incorporated. Technical Reference Guide Notes: Total costs were truncated at $50,000 and pharmacy costs at $20,000. For each resource use measure, the highest R2 value is highlighted. Data are from IMS Health Incorporated. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 8-6 Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance Interpreting Adjusted R-Square Values For predictive modeling of future high resource use, we are focused on the small segment of highly co-morbid patients. This represents a very small portion of the range of values being fitted to the regression. A model could perform well for the bulk of the population, but perform poorly for these especially risky individuals (typically a small group) and still provide credible R-Square performance statistics. It is also possible to precisely fit models to any dataset by adding more variables and manipulating these variables mathematically to assume a perfect form which could be logarithmic, exponential, quadratic, or some other transformation. This, in essence, is what happens when advanced neural networking approaches are used. The problem with such approaches is two fold. First, the more convoluted the model, the less sense it will convey to clinicians and other decision makers who are supposed to take action. Second, highly fitted models will change with the dataset, often from year to year, which can introduce considerable instability. Instability in terms of payment applications can adversely impact health plans and care providers. Instability in terms of performance assessment will undermine credibility among those being assessed. Predictive Ratios The credibility of models does not solely rest on regression fit. Regression provides scores related to individuals while most applications of predictive modeling relate to populations of individuals. To determine how well predictions perform in estimating cost across the full range of risk, we also recommend looking at persons in different prior cost cohorts (we use quintiles). Prior to the advent of diagnosis-based predictive models, actuaries often relied on the age and gender distribution of the population as the basis for making financial predictions. The next analysis examines predictive ratios for an age/gender model compared to the suite of ACG predictive models and is summarized in Table 4. Predictive ratios represent the ratio of the expected cost predicted by particular modeling strategies to the observed year two costs. The goal is to approach 1.0 as closely as possible, especially in the high cost quintile. Ratios less than 1.0 mean that the model under-predicts future costs while ratios over 1.0 suggest that the model is over-predicting costs. The following table shows these ratios for predicting total cost for Dx-PM, RxPM, DxRx-PM. These results are contrasted to a model that that relies solely on an age and gender as inputs. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance 8-7 Table 4: Predictive Ratio by Year-1 Cost Quintile for Commercial and Medicare Populations Model Predictive Ratio, Predictive Ratio, Commercial Medicare Quintile (quintile=180,800) (quintile=18,700) Age and Gender 1 2.72 3.35 2 1.66 2.09 3 1.17 1.50 4 0.89 1.05 5 0.49 0.48 1 1.45 1.34 2 1.31 1.15 3 1.20 0.99 4 1.06 0.97 5 0.84 0.92 1 1.56 1.56 2 1.33 1.29 3 1.19 1.11 4 1.09 1.01 5 0.82 0.77 Dx-PM w/o Prior Cost Rx-PM w/o Prior Cost Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 8-8 Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance Model Predictive Ratio, Predictive Ratio, Commercial Medicare Quintile (quintile=180,800) (quintile=18,700) DxRx-PM w/o Prior Cost 1 1.14 1.13 2 1.12 1.10 3 1.11 1.00 4 1.07 1.00 5 0.92 0.95 There is a tendency for all of the models to somewhat overestimate costs among the lowest cost quintile while somewhat underestimate costs in the highest cost quintile. This effect is most pronounced in the age and gender model. The diagnosis- and pharmacybased models all substantially outperform age and gender. The performance of the combined model is exemplary and especially so for Medicare, yielding predictions close to 1.0 in the three highest cost groups. The diagnostic model performs a little better than the pharmacy-based model, especially for Medicare. If the predicted cost is pharmacy cost, the effectiveness of the Rx-PM model dramatically improves. We chose not to use any model that includes prior cost in these comparisons since using prior cost as the basis for forming the quintiles will favorably bias the results. Sensitivity and Positive Predictive Value An increasingly important use of the ACG Suite of Predictive Models has been for high risk case identification. For this application, models are used more like a diagnostic test and performance is measured at how well true cases are identified and false positives ignored. The focus tends to be on two key indicators, sensitivity and positive predictive value. The computational approach for these indicators is as follows: • Sensitivity = True Cases Identified/All True Cases In Population • Positive Predictive Value = True Cases Identified/(True Cases Identified + False Positives) Sensitivity is likely to be of greatest interest to epidemiologists and others who are focused in the health of the population since they are considering how well the “test” captures all of the high risk individuals in a population. Positive predictive value will likely be of greatest interest to clinicians/care managers who want to know the likelihood that a particular patient is actually high risk. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance 8-9 In evaluating model performance in terms of PPV and sensitivity, the choice of cutpoints can be very important. The cut point defines the percentage threshold one sets for defining someone as a high cost case (i.e., defining some with the disease of interest). If the cut point for high cost was set to 1%, which bounds the population of interest (true positives) to a relatively small group of very costly individuals, misidentification of cases is likely to be much higher than if the cut point is set to define a larger high risk pool. Setting a cut point of 5%, for example, will improve sensitivity and PPV by roughly 10 percentage points over an approach using the 1% cut point. Decisions about cut points can be as much economic as they are statistical. If the costs of identifying cases are high (e.g., identifying persons who will receive one-on-one case management) then a more restrictive cut point is probably the best approach. When screening for large populationbased disease management initiatives, threshold of 5% or even larger may be appropriate. In the largest populations, distinctions between persons at the 1% and 5% thresholds are likely to blur, they will all tend to be very co-morbid. Selected model performance for commercial and Medicare populations in terms of their diagnostic capabilities is presented in Table 5. Table 5: Sensitivity and PPV for Top Five Percent Sensitivity/PPV Predictive Model (Predicting Total Cost) Population Percent Commercial Medicare Prior Cost 35 26 Age and Gender 20 12 Dx-PM w/o Prior Cost 33 28 Rx-PM w/o Prior Cost 34 23 DxRx-PM w/o Prior Cost 37 24 Notes: The true positive rate is the same as the sensitivity and positive predictive value, because the risk score cut-point is set equal to the outcome cut-point (in this example, this is the top 5%). In this example, the model to beat is prior cost which is a strong predictor of future cost. None of the ACG models presented here used prior cost as an independent variable although the use of prior cost in our models tends to improve predictive performance. The ACG models are all strong performers, exceeding the performance of prior cost models under some circumstances. It is important to note that the cases identified by the ACG models are not always the same as those identified by the prior cost model. They were selected using clinical criteria and are usually much more actionable than those selected with prior cost alone. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 8-10 Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance Prior cost is a good predictor of future cost and for high risk case identification has been one of the anchors for case selection in the absence of other information. However, prior cost has a number of notable limitations. First, it provides no information on the clinical condition of the patients. Further, some prior cost cases will revert to lower costs in the subsequent year because the period of instability and medical crisis has passed. This phenomenon is referred to as “regression to the mean.” Selection based upon diagnostic and pharmacy codes, while still susceptible to this phenomenon, is more likely to yield appropriate cases for care management. ROC Curve In addition to sensitivity and specificity in assessing the value of a predictive model as a diagnostic test, there is a measure of model fit for case identification, the Receiver Operating Characteristics Curve or ROC. The ROC was originally developed in World War II to evaluate the performance of radar units, addressing the fact that as the sensitivity or gain of a test is raised, there is a greater likelihood to introduce false positives or noise. The C-Statistic is a measure of the fit where models produce the greatest signal in relation to noise. A C-Statistic of 0.5 indicates that true cases are indistinguishable from false positives (or a model no better than chance). A C-Statistic of at least 0.8 is widely accepted as a threshold for good test performance. For models predicting total cost with a 5% cut point, (i.e., top 5% of actual year two costs defines high risk), C-statistics are summarized in Table 6. Table 6: C-Statistics C-Statistic Model Commercial Medicare Dx Alone .820 .755 Dx + Total Cost .833 .760 Rx Alone .797 .718 Rx + Rx Cost .802 .719 Combined Alone .830 .764 Combined + Total Cost .835 .765 Model performance overall for the commercial models generally exceeds the 0.8 threshold. We would expect somewhat better performance from the commercial models because the commercial validation dataset is 10x larger than the Medicare dataset. The inclusion of prior cost data in the models adds a slight performance boost. Pharmacy data perform well in predicting future high cost users even where the predicted metric is total cost and not pharmacy cost. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance 8-11 Clinical Information Improves on Prior Cost Some of the challenges of using predictive models for case identification are expressed in the Venn diagram (Figure 1) on the next page. The three ellipses cover those who are high cost in the prior year, those who the model predicts as being high cost, and those who turn out to be high cost. The G represents a particularly intriguing group since it includes those who are actually high risk and who have been solely identified by the predictive model and, therefore, would have been missed if only prior cost was used. If all the available data is being effectively used, then the area covered by H should be minimized. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 8-12 Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance Figure 1: Venn Diagram Comparing Overlap of Prior, Predicted, and Actual High Cost Users Actual High Cost Year-1 (Prior Use) Predicted High Risk in Year-2 (Using Year-1 Data) B C E D F High Risk, Current Costs G Low, Future H Costs High Actual High Cost Year-2 A Not High Risk Some summary statistics can be applied that can help to capture the essence of this diagram. Two perspectives on gauging model performance were taken with respect to this diagram. First, how well does using both ACG predictive models and prior cost do in identifying true high cost cases, the areas covered by D, E, and G in the diagram? Our analyses indicate that by using both approaches one can identify about 45% of true cases where high risk cases are defined as those in the highest 5% of total costs in year two. Second, we focused on just the G portion of the chart, those cases that were uniquely identified by ACG predictive models. If you used both prior cost and an ACG predictive model as the basis for identifying potentially high risk cases, then the ACG System uniquely identifies around 20% of the patients. In other words, ACG predictive modeling identifies individuals who would NOT have been identified if only a prior cost model had been used. This is an important population for case managers as they represent a highly actionable group of patients, those who are currently not in the highest cost category. The needs of these case managers might be best met by continuing to use prior cost as one level of screening but to also apply the pure diagnostic (or pharmaceutical) predictive models, where ACG predictive models can provide clinical context for all those cases that they identify. This will leave Group D, those cases only identified by prior cost, for whom there will be no additional clinical detail. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Predicting Hospitalization 9-i 9 Predicting Hospitalization Introduction ................................................................................................... 9-1 Framework for Predicting Hospitalization Using ACG ............................ 9-1 Why Predict Hospitalization ...................................................................... 9-1 What Hospitalizations Are We Predicting ................................................. 9-1 Figure 1: Typology of Acute Care Inpatient Hospitalization ..................... 9-2 How is ACG Used to Predict Hospitalization ............................................ 9-2 Figure 2: Schematic Framework for Predicting Hospitalization ................ 9-3 Why Include Utilization in Prediction Models for Hospitalization ........... 9-3 Utilization Markers .................................................................................... 9-3 Likelihood of Hospitalization..................................................................... 9-4 Empiric Validation of the Likelihood of Hospitalization Model .............. 9-5 Sensitivity and Positive Predictive Value .................................................. 9-6 Table 1: PPV and Sensitivity for Predicting Hospitalization ..................... 9-6 C-Statistic ................................................................................................... 9-6 Table 2: C-Statistics for Predicting Hospitalization .................................. 9-7 Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 9-ii The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Predicting Hospitalization Technical Reference Guide Predicting Hospitalization 9-1 Introduction This chapter introduces the ACG model for predicting hospitalization. It describes the framework for predicting hospitalization and concludes with an empiric validation of the model. Framework for Predicting Hospitalization Using ACG Why Predict Hospitalization The ability to predict hospitalizations with some level of accuracy will help improve the allocation of healthcare resources, in budgetary systems and in systems that link financial incentives to efficiency and quality of care. Inpatient care is part of the healthcare system in every country. A model-based screening strategy can be of value in general for identifying high risk individuals for interventions that are designed to improve population health. Inpatient care is more resource intensive compared to other types of healthcare. Hospital financing in the U.S. takes the efficiency and quality of inpatient care into consideration. One particular area of interest related to quality is the rate at which patients are readmitted within a short period after a prior hospitalization. A tool for identifying individuals at risk for re-admission is valuable in this context. What Hospitalizations Are We Predicting Hospitalizations for childbirth can be anticipated with near certainty. Other hospitalizations are predictable based on prior medical history and a variety of other factors. Our efforts are directed at inpatient hospitalizations that are predictable with a degree of uncertainty. We hypothesize that unanticipated hospitalizations have a potential for being predictable from individual morbidity data. For example, hospitalizations that are clinically attributable to congestive heart failure can have a medical history leading up to the event. Unanticipated hospitalizations may also have an external cause such as poisonings and injuries suffered in accidents. These hospitalizations are an additional focus of our predictive modeling. Figure 1 gives an overview over a guiding typology of unanticipated hospitalizations. The hospitalization prediction model differs from the Hospital Dominant Condition marker. Hospital Dominant Conditions represent a very small subset of diagnoses associated with very high rates of admission in the following 12 months (See Chapter 6, Special Population Markers for more information). The Hospital Dominant Conditions contribute significantly ACG-PM cost predictions. Hospital Dominant Conditions have high Positive Predictive Value (PPV) but lack sensitivity in identifying the full pool of patients at risk for hospitalization. The Hospitalization Prediction models use ACGdefined comorbidity and previous utilization (See Figure 2 below) to identify risk of hospitalization across the entire population. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 9-2 Predicting Hospitalization Figure 1: Typology of Acute Care Inpatient Hospitalization UNANTICIPATED HOSPITALIZATION NO EXTERNAL CAUSE Examples: Congestive Heart Failure Elective joint replacement surgery (Arthritis) WITH EXTERNAL CAUSE Examples: Injuries (due to accidents) Poisonings ANTICIPATED HOSPITALIZATION Example: Childbirth How is ACG Used to Predict Hospitalization There is a conceptual link and an empiric correlation between predicting resource use and predicting inpatient hospitalization. The ACG predictive model framework, first introduced in the chapter on predicting resource use, also applies to the prediction of hospitalization. As mentioned in the earlier chapter, optimal performance of an ACG predictive model occurs when the weighting of risk factors employs the outcome that is being predicted. This fact motivates the formulation of a predictive model that is aimed at hospitalization events. Figure 2 presents a schematic of the ACG framework for predicting hospitalization. A tiered approach to making predictions about hospitalizations has been adopted. We make predictions about future hospitalization based on whether a person had a hospitalization in the prior time period. Persons who have had a prior hospitalization are thought to have an increased likelihood of hospitalization in a subsequent time period. In the absence of a prior hospitalization, a secondary criterion for making predictions about hospitalization relates to the age of a person. Older persons are thought to have an increased likelihood of hospitalization compared to younger individuals. Our approach uses age 55 as the threshold for separating the two age groups. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Predicting Hospitalization 9-3 Figure 2: Schematic Framework for Predicting Hospitalization Why Include Utilization in Prediction Models for Hospitalization The ACG predictive model framework has been amended to improve the prediction of hospitalization events. The framework for predicting hospitalization includes certain utilization markers which represent a plausible set of valid predictors. For example, emergency care and inpatient hospitalization can be precursors to future inpatient hospitalization. This chapter introduces the utilization markers that are included in the predictive model framework for hospitalization events. Utilization Markers Several utilization markers support the calculation of hospitalization models. These markers require detailed dates, place of service, procedures, and revenue codes in the Medical Services Input File. If the required fields are absent, the markers will not be calculated. Alternatively, these markers can be drawn from the patient file to support the hospitalization models. Dialysis Service Dialysis service is a binary flag to indicate that a patient with chronic renal failure (EDC REN01) has received at least one dialysis service during the observation period. Nursing Service Nursing service is a binary flag to indicate that a patient has used services in a nursing home, domiciliary, rest home, assisted living, or custodial care facility during the observation period. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 9-4 Predicting Hospitalization Major Procedure Major procedure is a binary flag attached to a patient to indicate that a major procedure was performed in an inpatient setting during the observation period. This marker considers several CPT1 and HCPCS codes as major procedures, according to the Berenson-Eggers Type of Service (BETOS) classification system. The BETOS classification system consists of readily understood clinical categories and is widely used by the CMS, the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, and many health services researchers and organizations as the standard classification system for types of services. Emergency Visit Count This count is an integer count of emergency room visits that did not lead to a subsequent acute care inpatient hospitalization during the observation period. This marker considers place of service, procedure code, and revenue code to identify emergency room visits. Inpatient Hospitalization Count The inpatient hospitalization count is an integer count of inpatient confinements during the observation period. The count of inpatient hospitalizations excludes admissions with a primary diagnosis for pregnancy, delivery, newborns, and injuries. Transfers made within and between providers count as a single hospitalization event. This marker is dependent upon revenue codes and dates of service. Outpatient Visit Count The outpatient visit count is an integer count of outpatient encounters with place of service of physician office (11), outpatient hospital (22), and other (24, 25, 26, 50, 53, 60, 62, 65, 71, 72) place of service codes. Visits are counted a maximum of once per date of service and provider. Likelihood of Hospitalization Hospitalization prediction is a refinement to the ACG predictive models specifically calibrated to identifying patients with risk of future hospitalization. The hospital prediction models focus on unanticipated hospitalizations and are complementary to the ACG cost prediction models. There are five predictive model outputs related to the likelihood of hospitalization. These models are intended to be used for the indicated outcome. A value of providing multiple model outputs is greater sensitivity of each model calibrated to a particular outcome, as compared to using a single model. 1 CPT codes copyright 2009 American Medical Association. All rights reserved. CPT is a trademark of the AMA. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Predicting Hospitalization 9-5 These are logistic models that generate a probability score indicating the likelihood of a future hospitalization event. These models incorporate the utilization markers of inpatient hospitalizations, emergency department visits, outpatient visits, dialysis services, nursing services, and major procedures, in addition to traditional ACG predictive modeling variables. Hospitalization models require the Medical Services Input File and optionally include the Pharmacy Input File when available. The model outputs are discussed below. Probability IP Hospitalization Score Probability IP hospitalization score is the probability score for an acute care inpatient hospital admission within the 12 months subsequent to the observation period. Probability IP Hospitalization Six Months Score The probability IP hospitalization six months score is the probability score for an acute care inpatient hospital admission within the six months subsequent to the observation period. Probability ICU Hospitalization Score The probability ICU hospitalization score is the probability score for an Intensive Care Unit or Critical Care Unit admission within the 12 months subsequent to the observation period. Probability Injury Hospitalization Score The probability injury hospitalization score is the probability score for an injury-related admission within the 12 months subsequent to the observation period. Probability Extended Hospitalization Score The probability extended hospitalization score is the probability score for being admitted to an acute care hospital for 12 or more days (across one or more admissions) within the 12 months subsequent to the observation period. Empiric Validation of the Likelihood of Hospitalization Model A longitudinal healthcare claims database, licensed from Phar-Metrics, a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA, was used for our model development and validation. The database is generally representative of the U.S. insured population in commercial and Medicare managed care plans. Data for the period 2005-2006 were used for model development, and data for the period 2006-2007 were used for model validation. Persons included in the analysis had at least six months of enrollment in the first year and one or more months of enrollment in the second year. The validation database included 4.5 million persons under age 65 and 200,000 Medicare eligible beneficiaries. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 9-6 Predicting Hospitalization Sensitivity and Positive Predictive Value An important use of the ACG Predictive Models is for high risk case identification. For this application, model performance is measured by how well true cases are identified and false positives are avoided. The focus is on two key indicators, sensitivity and positive predictive value: Sensitivity = True Cases Identified/All True Cases In Population Positive Predictive Value = True Cases Identified/(True Cases Identified + False Positives) Sensitivity measures how well the model captures all hospitalized individuals in a population. Positive predictive value measures the likelihood that a particular patient is being hospitalized in the next time period. Table 1 illustrates, using sensitivity and positive predictive value measures, that the ACG models are strong performers compared to using prior cost alone. The top 5% of hospitalization probability scores define cases that are identified. Table 1: PPV and Sensitivity for Predicting Hospitalization Predictive Model Positive Predictive Value Sensitivity IP Hospitalization with prior cost and diagnosis and pharmacy data input 21.2% 33.3% IP Hospitalization with prior cost and diagnosis data input 20.8% 32.6% Prior Cost (as a benchmark to the IP Hospitalization model) 14.2% 22.4% C-Statistic The C-Statistic is a measure of model fit. Chapter 8 on Predictive Modeling Statistical Performance describes the relationship between this summary measure and the area under the ROC curve. A C-Statistic of 0.5 indicates that true cases are indistinguishable from false positives, or in other words, the test model is no better than tossing a fair coin. A CStatistic of 0.8 is widely accepted as a threshold for good model performance. C-statistics for models that predict hospitalization are summarized in Table 2. The table presents results for each of the models and population groups included in the tiered approach to making predictions about hospitalization. The predictive model is IP Hospitalization with predictors that are based on prior cost and diagnosis and pharmacy data. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Predicting Hospitalization 9-7 Table 2: C-Statistics for Predicting Hospitalization Predictive Model Persons with Prior Hospitalization Persons Age 55 or older Persons Age less than 55 IP Hospitalization .751 .718 .741 IP Hospitalization Six Months .754 .728 .747 ICU Hospitalization .805 .754 .757 Injury Hospitalization .808 .748 .668 Extended Hospitalization .842 .793 .721 The C-Statistics for predicting hospitalization in Table 2 are above 0.7 for most outcomes and groups. Several plausible patterns emerge from the empiric validation. First, ACG better predicts hospitalization events for persons who had a hospitalization within the previous 12 months, compared to persons who did not. Second, ACG better predicts specialized hospitalization events, compared to a more general hospitalization event. This finding validates the fact that optimal performance of an ACG predictive model occurs when the weighting of risk factors employs the outcome that is being predicted. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 9-8 Predicting Hospitalization This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Coordination 10-i 10 Coordination Introduction................................................................................................. 10-1 H H Assessing Care Coordination ..................................................................... 10-1 H H Table 1: Face to Face Physician Visits .................................................... 10-3 Table 2: Eligible Specialties..................................................................... 10-5 Table 3: Specialties not Eligible ............................................................. 10-6 Table 4: Generalist Specialties................................................................ 10-7 H H H H H H H H Majority Source of Care (MSOC) ............................................................. 10-7 H H Figure 1: Majority Source of Care ........................................................... 10-8 H H Unique Provider Count (UPC): ................................................................. 10-9 H H Figure 2: Unique Provider Count............................................................. 10-9 H H Specialty Count (SC) ................................................................................ 10-10 H H Figure 3: Specialty Count ..................................................................... 10-10 H H No Generalist Seen (NGS)........................................................................ 10-11 H H Figure 4: No Generalist Seen................................................................ 10-11 H H Conclusion ................................................................................................. 10-13 H Technical Reference Guide H The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 10-ii The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Coordination Technical Reference Guide Coordination 10-1 Introduction The ACG System 9 introduces ACG Coordination Markers™ in order to identify populations that are at risk for poorly coordinated care. Used by themselves or in conjunction with other special population markers (See Technical Reference Guide, Chapter 6), this set of markers adds another dimension so as to enhance the clinical screening process. The basic premise behind the creation of ACG Coordination Markers is that individuals receiving poorly coordinated care have worse clinical outcomes and have higher medical expenses than individuals who are being provided coordinated care. Assessing Care Coordination Up to now, care coordination has been assessed by instruments that have not been able to use administrative claims information. Traditional coordination assessment approaches have been survey based targeting the patient, family member’s or providers perceptions of care collaboration. Chart reviews have also been used to assess the information exchanged between physicians, teamwork processes and performance. Finally, resources and structures that support care coordination have also been used to indirectly evaluate coordination. Surveys, chart reviews and resource information are not readily available for coordination assessment, making it challenging to incorporate this dimension of care into the clinical screening process. Using only administrative claims information, ACG Coordination Markers are able to assess whether an individual is at risk for receiving poorly coordinated care. Four patient markers make up ACG Coordination Markers: • Majority Source of Care (MSOC): An assessment of the level of participation of those providers that provided care to each patient. • Unique Provider Count (UPC): A count of the number of unique providers that provided care to the patient. • Specialty Count (SC): A count of the number of specialty types (not the same as number of specialists seen) that provided care to the patient. • No Generalist Seen (NGS): A marker for the absence of a generalist’s participation in an individual’s care. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 10-2 Coordination The ACG Coordination Markers introduce the use of two new data sources: • CPT 1 (“Procedure Code” field of the Medical Services Input File) provides standard Evaluation and Management procedures. • NPI or NUCC taxonomy codes 2 (“ProviderSpecialty_NPI” field of the Medical Services Input File) provide standardized definitions for provider specialties. F F Each of the ACG Coordination Markers limit their evaluation to outpatient face-to-face physician visits as defined by CPT Evaluation and Management Codes. 1 CPT codes copyright 2009 American Medical Association. All rights reserved. CPT is a trademark of the AMA. 2 Provider Taxonomy copyright 2009 American Medical Association on behalf of the National Uniform Claim Code Committee (NUCC). All rights reserved. Current code lists are available at http://www.nucc.org/ The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Coordination 10-3 Table 1: Face to Face Physician Visits CPT Codes defining Face to Face Physician Visit 92002 92004 92012 92014 99201 99202 99203 99204 99205 99211 99212 99213 99214 99215 99217 99218 99219 99220 99241 99242 99243 99244 99245 99341 99342 99343 99344 99345 99347 99348 99349 99350 99354 99355 99374 99375 99377 99378 99379 99380 Technical Reference Guide CPT Codes defining Face to Face Physician Visit 99381 99382 99383 99384 99385 99387 99391 99392 99393 99394 99395 99396 99397 99401 99402 99403 99404 99411 99412 99420 99429 99455 99456 99499 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 10-4 Coordination The Majority Source of Care (MSOC), Unique Provider Count (UPC) and Specialty Count (SC) further consider only those visits provided by eligible specialties (i.e., specialties that could reasonably manage the overall care for a patient). Examples of eligible specialties are provided in Table 2. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Coordination 10-5 Table 2: Eligible Specialties Eligible Specialties Allergy & Immunology Colon & Rectal Surgery Family Medicine Internal Medicine Neurological Surgery Neuro-musculoskeletal Medicine Nuclear Medicine Obstetrics & Gynecology Ophthalmology Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery Orthopedic Surgery Otolaryngology Pain Medicine Pediatrics Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation Plastic Surgery Preventive Medicine Psychiatry and Neurology Radiology Surgery Thoracic Surgery (Cardiothoracic Vascular Surgery) Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 10-6 Coordination Eligible Specialties Transplant Surgery Urology Advanced Practice Midwife Clinical Nurse Specialist Nurse Practitioner Physician Assistant Face-to-face visits with provider specialties that are not eligible are not considered as part of the Majority Source of Care (MSOC), Unique Provider Count (UPC) and Specialty Count (SC) markers. Examples of specialties that are not considered eligible are provided in Table 3. Table 3: Specialties not Eligible Specialties not Eligible: Ambulance Services Agencies Dental Providers Dermatologists Dietary & Nutritional Service Providers Facilities (Clinics, Ambulatory Health Centers, Emergency Departments, Hospitals, Assisted living facilities) Laboratories Managed Care Organizations Pharmacy Service Providers Podiatrists Psychologists Social Service Providers Speech, Language and Hearing Service Providers Suppliers of Durable Medical Equipment & Supplies Therapists (Physical – Respiratory) Technicians The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Coordination 10-7 A subset of provider specialties defines generalists. Patients with at least one outpatient face-to-face visit to a generalist will have the No Generalist Seen marker set to “N”. Patients with no outpatient face-to-face visits to a generalist will have the No Generalist Seen marker set to “Y”. Table 4 provides the list of specialties considered generalists for this marker. Table 4: Generalist Specialties Generalist Specialties Family Medicine Internal Medicine Geriatricians Pediatricians Preventive Medicine Nurse Practitioners Obstetrics and Gynecology Majority Source of Care (MSOC) The Majority Source of Care marker will determine the percent of the outpatient visits provided by eligible physicians that saw the member most over the measurement period. For each patient, the application determines the following: • The percentage of care provided from a majority source. • The provider ID(s) that is responsible for the majority source of care. In the event that more than one provider is assigned the same MSOC percentage, the application will identify all the providers as being the majority source of care. Figure 1 shows two patients. The patient on the left saw three eligible providers and received eight of his ten outpatient services from the geriatrician. In this case, the geriatrician is identified as the MSOC provider with a score of 0.80 (80%.) The patient on the right saw four eligible providers and received four of her outpatient services from the endocrinologist. The endocrinologist provider is identified as the MSOC with a score of 0.40 (40%.) Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 10-8 Coordination Figure 1: Majority Source of Care The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Coordination 10-9 Unique Provider Count (UPC): The Unique Provider Count (UPC) marker determines the number of unique eligible providers that imparted outpatient care over the measurement period for any condition. In Figure 2 the patient on the left saw three eligible providers giving him a UPC of 3. The patient on the right saw four eligible providers and received a UPC of 4. Figure 2: Unique Provider Count Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 10-10 Coordination Specialty Count (SC) The Specialty Count (SC) determines the number of eligible specialty types that provided outpatient care over the measurement period for any condition. In Figure 3 the patient on the left saw three distinct specialty types. The patient on the right saw four eligible providers. This patient received a specialty count of 4. Figure 3: Specialty Count The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Coordination 10-11 No Generalist Seen (NGS) The No Generalist Seen (NGS) marker determines whether or not a patient has been provided outpatient care by a generalist in the measurement period. In Figure 4 the patient on the left saw a generalist for outpatient care. The patient on the right did not see a generalist and was flagged as No Generalist Seen. Figure 4: No Generalist Seen Risk of Poor Coordination The ACG Coordination Markers can be used together to provide a comprehensive picture of coordination of care. Figure 5 considers only members with high morbidity levels (in Resource Utilization Bands 4 and 5) to control for illness burden. Patients were defined as at high risk for poor coordination when the MSOC Percent was less than 30%, Unique Provider Count was greater than 5, and No Generalist Seen was Y. In contrast, patients at low risk for poor coordination typically had less than 5 providers involved in their care including at least one generalist. There is a dramatic impact on year one and year two costs for members at high risk for poor coordination. Figure 5: Impact of Poor Coordination on High Morbidity Users Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 10-12 Coordination Figure 6 stratifies the low morbidity population using the same definitions for risk of poor coordination. In this low morbidity population, members at high risk for poor coordination represent a population of emerging risk typically not identified based on predictive models. Figure 6: Impact of Poor Coordination on Low Morbidity Users The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Coordination 10-13 Conclusion The combination of the ACG Coordination Markers provides a meaningful way to identify members at risk for poor coordination. Members with poorly coordinated care are more likely to have excess utilization as a result of redundant testing, potentially harmful drug-disease interactions and overall lower quality care. These markers complement the ACG-PM risk scores and additional system markers in further defining the “at risk” population. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 10-14 Coordination This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization 11-i 11 Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization Objectives..................................................................................................... 11-1 H H Significance of Pharmacy Adherence for Effective Care........................ 11-1 H H Development of Possession/Adherence Markers...................................... 11-2 H H Figure 1: Gap in Medication Possession.................................................. 11-2 Figure 2: Gap in Medication Possession Following Oversupply............. 11-3 Figure 3: Gap in Medication Possession Following Hospitalization ....... 11-3 Table 1: Markers of Pharmacy Adherence/Possession ........................... 11-4 Table 2: MPR Example 1........................................................................ 11-6 Table 3: MPR Example 2........................................................................ 11-6 Table 4: MPR Example 3........................................................................ 11-6 Table 5: CSA Example 1 ........................................................................ 11-7 Table 6: CSA Example 2 ........................................................................ 11-7 Table 7: CSA Example 3 ........................................................................ 11-8 How Medication Gaps are Defined And Constructed ............................. 11-8 Table 8: Condition-Drug Class Pairings ............................................... 11-10 H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H Validation and Testing ............................................................................. 11-13 H H Table 9: Possible Types of Analyses .................................................... 11-14 H H The Future ................................................................................................. 11-15 H Technical Reference Guide H The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 11-ii Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization 11-1 Objectives This chapter is intended to introduce the concept of pharmacy possession or adherence and describe the methods used by the ACG System to measure pharmacy adherence. Pharmacy adherence represents an additional method for identifying candidates for care management and provides new information that can be used to manage and improve patient care. Significance of Pharmacy Adherence for Effective Care There is a considerable literature on pharmacy adherence and a substantial body of evidence that high levels of medication adherence yield improved therapeutic and cost effective outcomes. Medication adherence represents an important dimension of effective treatment. Medication adherence is one dimension of patient compliance with therapy. Optimally, medication adherence means taking the correct drugs, for the correct indications, at the correct times, at the correct dose, and under the proper conditions for safe and effective use (storage, shelf life, avoiding substances that could affect efficacy). Probably the only way to accurately assess medication adherence on all of these dimensions is through direct patient observation. Such a measurement strategy would be highly impractical. Researchers have developed a number of less intrusive strategies for assessing medication adherence including patient logs, periodic assessments of the patient’s medication supply, and electronic sensors in the medication bottles that record when the bottle was opened. These approaches constitute of indicators of pharmacy adherence but none fully address all of the dimensions of medication adherence that were defined earlier. Much research on medication adherence relies completely on what is reported within pharmacy claims. With claims, what we are really talking about is an indicator of medication possession. You know when the medication prescription was filled and how many days supply were given. There is also a fairly mature literature on pharmacy possession and a number of widely used metrics. In constructing our new markers, we chose to make good use of this prior work. There is a substantial literature on metrics for capturing prescribing gaps. For an excellent review see Hess et al. (Annals of Pharmacotherapy, 40:1280-1288, 2006). Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 11-2 Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization Development of Possession/Adherence Markers Generally, measurement strategies have targeted specific possession events (i.e., gaps) or average possession of time expressed as a ratio (supply over prescribing period). We chose to employ markers using both of these strategies as they address different dimensions of adherence. Gaps capture acute occurrences and may represent a therapeutically significant event that could be overlooked if only averages were considered. Gaps if captured on a timely basis are also amenable to care management intervention. Averages represent how well medication is supplied over a span of time (i.e, one year). They are a good summary indicator of possession in assessing the overall status of a patient but are less amenable to direct clinical action. Both approaches follow the same conceptual model of prescribing gaps. Figure 1 depicts a gap event: Figure 1: Gap in Medication Possession A gap begins with a prescription for a particular medication in the time period of interest. The prescription covers a span of time that is defined by the associated days supply. The interval between the end of the days supply and the onset of a new prescription for this medication represents a gap. A common approach to gap measurement is to include a grace period at the end of the days supply to account for such factors as surplus supply from an earlier prescription and to ensure that the reported gap is clinically significant. For this example we have chosen to use 15 days as the grace period. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization 11-3 We have also chosen to address events which could complicate the measurement of gaps and potentially introduce false positives. The first event is when a patient renews a prescription before their current supply has been completely exhausted. This scenario is presented in Figure 2: Figure 2: Gap in Medication Possession Following Oversupply Under these circumstances, there is a surplus supply between the start of the renewal and the end of the supply from the original prescription. We have chosen to add this surplus to the end of the days supply of the renewal. So the computation of a gap considers both this surplus and the 15 day grace period. Another less common event that we have chosen to address is if the patient is hospitalized at some point. Customarily, the hospital pharmacy is responsible for all prescriptions during the period of hospitalization. We have chosen to address this scenario as presented in Figure 3: Figure 3: Gap in Medication Possession Following Hospitalization If a hospitalization occurs during the prescribing period, whatever supply the patient had on hand when they were hospitalized is presumed to continue after discharge. This remaining supply plus the 15-day grace period must be completed before we begin to measure a gap. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 11-4 Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization Table 1: Markers of Pharmacy Adherence/Possession There are four markers that have been adopted for pharmacy adherence/possession. Each marker represents a slightly different perspective on adherence. Note that gaps identify significant intervals where there is no medication supply over the observation period and consider individual problematic events while averages provide an overall perspective on adherence over time. The averaging and gaps approaches are intended to complement each other. It is possible to have an acceptable average and still experience a major gap in prescribing. Averages are also appropriate measures to measure adherence at a population level. Marker Definition Application/Interpretation Number of Gaps Count of occurrences where time interval between end of supply of one prescription and onset of next prescription within the same drug class is more than the grace period. To be significant, the gap must extend beyond a grace period (currently 15 or 30 days depending on the condition and drug class pair). Medication Possession Ratio (MPR) Total number of days for which medication is dispensed (excluding final prescription) divided by the total number of days between the first and last prescription. If a person is on multiple drug classes for a single condition, the days supply and prescribing period are evaluated separately and weighted across drug classes. The Medication Possession Ratio (MPR) represents an average medication possession over the prescribing period. In common usage, an MPR of .80 or higher is considered good adherence. The MPR can conceivably exceed 1.0 if there is excess supply. In general, this measure is more sensitive to large gaps than to frequent gaps. Continuous Single-Interval Measure of Medication Availability (CSA) Ratio of days supply to days until the next prescription averaged across all prescriptions The Continuous Single Interval Measure of Medication Acquisition (CSA), also an average, considers adherence over discrete prescribing events. This approach equally weights each prescribing event. This metric is also allowed to exceed 1.0. In general, this measure is more sensitive to frequent gaps than to large gaps. Untreated No evidence of treatment with a designated class of pharmaceuticals. (Refer to the “Special Population Markers” chapter in the Technical Reference Guide for Definitions of the Untreated Condition Marker.) The untreated marker indicates instances where although chronic drug administration is warranted for a condition, there is not evidence of such. Non-treatment represents another distinct type of care management issue. It should be noted that although this metric The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization Marker 11-5 Definition Application/Interpretation indicates an absence of prescribing, prescribing could be occurring or samples could be used. Pharmacy benefits could be outsourced and there is no claims data stream available. There also may be no pharmacy benefits. Medications may be administered by injection in the physician’s office and recorded in medical claims (J-codes) rather than pharmacy claims (NDC Codes). Patients may have newly begun medication with only a single prescription. Due to side effects or performance of the drug, patients may need to switch between therapeutic alternatives in different drug classes. In these instances, we have insufficient information to evaluate possession and the patient may erroneously be identified as untreated. Issues such as these should be researched before trying to draw conclusions from this metric. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 11-6 Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization Medication Possession Ratio (MPR) Medication possession ratio is calculated for each of the condition-drug class pairings in Table 8. For each condition, there is a field with the naming convention of the specific condition appended with _MPR containing the ratio of days supply to days per prescribing period. If a person is on multiple drug classes for a single condition, the days supply and prescribing period will be evaluated separately and weighted across drug classes. Tables 2, 3, and 4 provide examples of different MPRs. Table 2: MPR Example 1 Supply Available Upon Refill Days Exceeding Grace Period Rx_fill_date Days_supply 1/15/2009 30 2/10/2009 30 4/2/2009 30 2 5/19/2009 30 2 4 MPR=90 days supply / (5/19/2009 – 1/15/2009) = 0.73 Table 3: MPR Example 2 Rx_fill_date Days_supply 1/15/2009 30 2/10/2009 30 3/18/2009 30 4/19/2009 30 Supply Available Upon Refill Days Exceeding Grace Period 4 MPR=90 days supply / (4/19/2009 – 1/15/2009) = 0.96 Table 4: MPR Example 3 Supply Available Upon Refill Rx_fill_date Days_supply 1/15/2009 30 2/10/2009 30 4 3/10/2009 30 6 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Days Exceeding Grace Period Technical Reference Guide Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization 4/06/2009 11-7 30 9 MPR=90 days supply / (4/06/2009 – 1/15/2009) = 1.11 In general, this measure is more sensitive to large gaps than to frequent gaps. MPR can be greater than 1.0 if the member consistently refills prior to exhausting days supply. Additional detail of drug classes and refill dates is available in the Pharmacy Spans Export File. Continuous, Single-interval Measure of Medication Availability (CSA) The Continuous, Single-interval Measure of Medication Availability is calculated for each of the condition-drug class pairings in Table 8. For each condition, there is a field with the naming convention of the specific condition appended with _CSA. Tables 5, 6, and 7 provide examples of different CSAs. Table 5: CSA Example 1 Supply Available Upon Refill Days Exceeding Grace Period Rx_fill_date Days_supply 1/15/2009 30 2/10/2009 30 4/2/2009 30 2 5/19/2009 30 2 4 CSA = ((30 / (2/10/2009 – 1/15/2009)) + (30 / (4/2/2009 – 2/10/2009)) + (30 / (5/19/2009 – 4/2/2009)))/3 = 0.79 Table 6: CSA Example 2 Rx_fill_date Days_supply 1/15/2009 30 2/10/2009 30 3/18/2009 30 4/19/2009 30 Supply Available Upon Refill Days Exceeding Grace Period 4 CSA = ((30 / (2/10/2009 – 1/15/2009)) + (30 / (3/18/2009 – 2/10/2009)) + (30 / (4/19/2009 – 3/18/2009)))/3 = 0.97 Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 11-8 Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization Table 7: CSA Example 3 Supply Available Upon Refill Rx_fill_date Days_supply 1/15/2009 30 2/10/2009 30 4 3/10/2009 30 6 4/06/2009 30 9 Days Exceeding Grace Period CSA = ((30 / (2/10/2009 – 1/15/2009)) + (30 / (3/10/2009 – 2/10/2009)) + (30 / (4/6/2009 – 3/10/2009)))/3 = 1.11 In general, this measure is more sensitive to frequent gaps than to large gaps. CSA can be greater than 1.0 if the member consistently refills prior to the exhausting days supply. Additional detail of drug classes and refill dates is available in the Pharmacy Spans Export File. How Medication Gaps are Defined And Constructed Medication possession has a different meaning in the context of individual diseases and drugs. The majority of drugs are given acutely and gaps have little relevance in this case. What distinguishes ACG Rx Gaps™ from other approaches that are commonly used in the literature or provided by pharmacy benefits managers is the effort dedicated to identifying diseases and drugs that are intended to be administered chronically. We have identified seventeen chronic diseases where the chronic administration of medication is, in most instances, appropriate. The condition definitions are described more thoroughly in the “Special Population Markers” chapter in the Technical Reference Guide. • Bipolar Disorder • Immunosuppression/Transplant • Congestive Heart Failure • Ischemic Heart Disease/CAD • Depression • Osteoporosis • Diabetes ◄ • Parkinson’s Disease◄ • Glaucoma • Persistent Asthma • Human Immunodeficiency Virus ◄ • Rheumatoid Arthritis • Disorders of Lipid Metabolism◄ • Schizophrenia • Hypertension • Seizure Disorders • Hypothyroidism◄ The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization 11-9 To reduce the numbers of false positives and to avoid issues associated with drugs used for more than one condition, the majority of the conditions identified will require an inpatient diagnosis, an emergency department diagnosis or a minimum of two outpatient diagnoses for the condition. Alternately, a minimum of two prescriptions in an applicable drug class can be used to identify a condition when the usage pattern is clear. Prescribing alone can be used to identify those conditions listed above that are marked with an arrow. Each targeted condition is associated with one or more target drug classes identified by our clinician advisors as a subset of drugs that should be given continuously. The resultant disease-drug class pairings are presented in Table 8. Note: The measurement of gaps is confined to only these pairs. It is possible for patients to take multiple ingredients within the same drug class and/or temporarily substitute one ingredient for another within the drug class. To prevent the appearance of oversupply when multiple ingredients are prescribed, Gap, MPR and CSA calculations are performed by ingredient. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 11-10 Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization Table 8: Condition-Drug Class Pairings Condition Drug Category Condition Drug Category Bipolar Disorder Bipolar Disorder Congestive Heart Failure Congestive Heart Failure Congestive Heart Failure Congestive Heart Failure Congestive Heart Failure Congestive Heart Failure Depression Diabetes Diabetes Anti-convulsants Anti-psychotics Hypertension Hypertension Aldosterone receptor blockers Anti-adrenergic agents ACEI/ARB Hypertension Beta-blockers Aldosterone receptor blockers Hypertension Calcium channel blockers Beta-blockers Hypertension Diuretics Diuretics Hypertension Vasodilators Inotropic agents Hypothyroidism Thyroid drugs Vasodilators Anti-depressants Insulins Meglitinides Miscellaneous antidiabetic agents Ischemic Heart Disease Ischemic Heart Disease Ischemic Heart Disease Osteoporosis Antianginal agents Beta-blockers Calcium channel blockers Hormones Anticholinergic antiparkinson agents Dopaminergic antiparkinsonism agents Diabetes Diabetes Diabetes Diabetes Diabetes Glaucoma Human Immunodeficiency Virus Disorders of Lipid Parkinson's Disease Non-Sulfonylureas Other Anti-Hyperglycemic Agents Persistent Asthma Sulfonylureas Thiazolidinediones Ophthalmic glaucoma agents Persistent Asthma Persistent Asthma Persistent Asthma Adrenergic bronchodilators Immunosuppressive monoclonal antibodies Inhaled corticosteroids Leukotriene modifiers HAART (see below) Bile acid sequestrants Persistent Asthma Persistent Asthma Mast cell stabilizers Methylxanthines The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Parkinson's Disease Technical Reference Guide Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization Condition 11-11 Drug Category Condition Drug Category Cholesterol absorption inhibitors Rheumatoid Arthritis Disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs) Fibric acid derivatives Rheumatoid Arthritis Immunologic agents HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors Miscellaneous antihyperlipidemic agents ACEI/ARB Schizophrenia Anti-psychotics Seizure Disorder Immunosuppression/Transplant Anti-convulsants Immunologic agents metabolism Disorders of Lipid metabolism Disorders of Lipid metabolism Disorders of Lipid metabolism Disorders of Lipid metabolism Hypertension Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 11-12 Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization Our definition of a gap includes a grace period between the end of one prescription and the start of another where a gap would not be counted. Thus a patient could be reported as having no gaps in possession but actually have a number of small gaps that fall within the grace period. There was a trade off made in the choice of grace periods. A longer grace period improves the positive predictive value but reduces sensitivity. In most instances, a 15-day grace period has been employed. We have used a 30-day grace period when our clinical advisors agreed that the impact of an extended gap would be minimal or is essential to accommodate attributes of dispensing or use. A 30-day grace period has been adopted for the following conditon-drug class pairs: • Glaucoma-Ophthalmic Glaucoma Agents • Hyperlipidemia-All Drug Classes • Hypertension-All Drug Classes • Hypothyroidism-Thyroid Drugs • Osteoporosis-Hormones • Persistent Asthma-Adrenergic Bronchodilators Reporting of gaps is summarized at the disease level. A number of conditions only have one disease-drug class pair (e.g., osteoporosis). However, many others have multiple pairs (e.g., persistent asthma). If a disease is associated with multiple drug classes, all gaps associated with these drugs are reported. If a patient experiences eight gaps for five different classes of tracked medications then eight gaps are reported by the software. Further if a gap occurs for a combination drug, the gap is reported for each component that falls into a separate drug class. Specific drugs and prescribing periods are stored and made available in the Pharmacy Spans export file which is described in more detail in Appendix A of the Installation and Usage Guide. Human Immunodeficiency Virus presents some unique issues in computing gaps since a combination of medications (HAART) is required for effective treatment. We organized HIV/AIDS medications into the following classes: • Entry Inhibitors • HAART • Integrase Inhibitors • NNRTIs • NRTIs • Protease Inhibitors The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization 11-13 For HIV/AIDS we tallied gaps according to whether or not a patient was taking some form of HAART, a combination of drugs that represents best evidence-based practice. Our operational definition for HAART uses the following scenarios to identify the administration of HAART: 1. HAART (a three drug combination filled with a single prescription) 2. Any NRTI combination drug including either zidovudine , abacavir or tenofovir with an additional NNRTI, entry inhibitor, integrase inhibitor or protease inhibitor 3. A NNRTI plus a ritonavir-boosted PI or nelfinavir 4. Three of more drugs from two or more different drug classes (Entry Inhibitors, Integrase Inhibitors, NNRTIs, NRTIs, Protease Inhibitors) Gaps differ greatly in terms of duration and the duration has potential implications for care management. The phenomenon of someone with an extended gap in prescribing is likely a very different phenomenon from someone experiencing a shorter gap. The former problem appears to be one of treatment while the latter is one of possession. In addition, substitution of an alternate ingredient within the same drug class may occasionally be made in between prescribing events for various reasons; potentially negating what may appear to be a gap. In both of these situations, extended gaps and substitutions, we have chosen to exclude the span from the gap count, so as not to potentially overstate the number of actual gaps. “Excluded” spans are flagged in the Rx Eligible for Adherence column within the Pharmacy Spans export file, which is described in more detail in Appendix A of the Installation and Usage Guide. Validation and Testing Pharmacy adherence/possession has strong face validity among clinicians. If patients fail to comply with therapy then there are likely to be consequences downstream. For some conditions these will be felt immediately while for others years may pass before serious adverse events are experienced. As part of our validation efforts for pharmacy adherence markers, we looked at the relationship between gap counts and several important outcomes. The purpose of this validation exercise was to determine whether or not there was an association between numbers of gaps and either concurrent or prospective total cost. We were also looking at the internal consistency of our markers with higher numbers of gaps being related to a lower MPR. Table 9 suggests the types of analyses that are possible. The example evaluates patients with Congestive Heart Failure prescribed beta blockers, and the data are only shown for persons in the highest two RUB categories (RUBs 4 and 5). Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 11-14 Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization Table 9: Possible Types of Analyses Number Of Gaps Dependent Effects Number of Cases Median Total Cost Year 1 Median Pharmacy Cost Year 1 Median Total Cost Year 2 Median Pharmacy Cost Year 2 Median MPR No Gap One Gap Two Gaps 3+ Gaps 4,990 2,314 882 692 $18,027 $23,617 $23,105 $17,377 $4,094 $3,642 $3,270 $2,908 $11,621 $13,190 $12,306 $12,685 $4,248 $3,754 $3,389 $3,069 0.99 0.84 0.71 0.57 Source: PharMetrics, Inc., a unit of IMS, Watertown, MA; national cross-section of managed care plans; population of 4,740,000 commercially insured lives (less than 65 years old) and population of 257,404 Medicare beneficiaries (65 years and older), 2007. This particular extract used patients who had a minimum of 120 prescribing days to improve the homogeneity of the patient population. Setting such a threshold will also winnow out persons who are receiving prophylactic treatment. For example, short courses of HAART are routinely prescribed to persons who have been exposed to the HIV virus. These data exemplify a pattern that is commonly observed in medication possession data. While one or two gaps may identify persons with higher concurrent and/or prospective costs, the predicted dollars diminish with more gaps. It is possible that persons who experience a higher number of gaps are chronic under-utilizers of medical services. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization 11-15 Medication possession is a complex issue that will require a close partnership between analysts and clinicians. There are subtle distinctions in the significance of gaps depending upon the condition. We have tried to capture some of these differences by varying the number of days used in the grace period. Some gaps may occur because of uncertainty in treatment where clinicians are trying different combinations of medications. One form of treatment may not be achieving the desired results, a new treatment is begun in a different class, and then the old treatment is resumed because of complications associated with the alternative regimen. This sequence of events would produce a large gap over the period where therapies are swapped out. We have tried to avoid measurement problems associated with switching therapies by defining medication classes where such behavior would be unlikely. But where evidence of such still exists, as per the discussion above, we have chosen to exclude the span from the gap count, so as not to potentially overstate the number of actual gaps. Gaps may also potentially be indicative of good management as well. For persons with persistent asthma, gaps in adrenergic bronchodilators could mean that the asthma is under good control and that over-supply could mean the converse, poor control. Because of the subtleties of meaning in interpreting gaps, it is highly recommended that ACG results be shared with one or more clinical reviewers before identifying which disease-drug class pairs are targeted for gap assessment and potential intervention. The Future Pharmacy adherence/possession represents one part of an ongoing effort by the ACG Team to extract as much actionable information as possible from administrative claims data. While the pharmacy adherence/possession markers are offered as a “complete” solution, we anticipate that a number of improvements will be made. First, we will incorporate these markers into our predictive models where they contribute to the explanation of future costs. We will also expand the types of markers to permit more nuanced analyses. Likely improvements will include the addition of both maximum gaps and the total gap duration for the period. Finally we will continue to refine and modification the specific chronic conditions that are tracked for medication/possession adherence, enhancing definitions and including new conditions when warranted. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 11-16 Gaps in Pharmacy Utilization This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Appendix A: ACG Publication List A-1 Appendix A: ACG Publication List December 2009 Corrections or updates should be forwarded to [email protected] “Adjust Utilization for Case Mix and Make Physicians Responsible for Remaining Variation.” (1998). Data Strategy Benchmarks, 2(2), 25-28. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=10345360&dopt=Abstract Adams, E. K., Bronstein, J. M., Raskind-Hood, C. (2002) “Adjusted Clinical Groups: Predictive Accuracy for Medical Enrollees in Three States.” Health Care Financing Review. 24(1), 43-61. http://www.cms.hhs.gov/review/02fall/02fallpg43.pdf Adams, E. K., Bronstein, J. M., Becker, E. (2000). “Medi-Cal and Managed Care: Risk, Costs, and Regional Variation.” Public Policy Institute of California. http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/R_1200KAR.pdf AdvanceMed Corp., a DynCorp Company (2003). “Applicability of Predictive Risk Groupers to MHS Data Model.” Aguado, A. (2008). “Variability in prescription drug expenditures explained by adjusted clinical groups (ACG) case-mix: A cross-sectional study of patient electronic records in primary care.” BMC Health Services Research. http://www.biomedcentral.com/1472-6963/8/53/abstract. Anderson, G., Weller, W. (1999). “Methods of Reducing the Financial Risk of Physicians Under Capitation.” AMA, Archives of Family Medicine, 8(2), 149-155. http://archfami.ama-assn.org/cgi/content/short/8/2/149 Ash, A, McCall, N. “Risk Assessment of Military Populations to Predict Health Care Cost and Utilization.” Final report prepared for Center for Health Care Management Studies, HPA&E, TRICARE Management Activity, RTI Project Number 08490.006. November, 2005. Baldwin L.M., Klabunde C.N., Green P., Barlow W., Wright G. (2006). “In Search of the Perfect Comorbidity Measure for Use With Administrative Claims Data. Does it Exist?” Med Care, 44(8), 745-753. Barnard D.K., Hu W. (2005). “The Population Health Approach: Health GIS as a Bridge from Theory to Practice.” International Journal of Health Geographics, 4(23). http://www.ij-healthgeographics.com/content/4/1/23 Bolibar-Ribas, B., Juncosa-Font, S. (2000). “Los Grupos De Atencion Ambulatoria Como Sistema De Clasificacion De Pacientes para La Atencion Primaria.” Cuadernos De Destion, 6(1), 19-24. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 A-2 Appendix A: ACG Publication List Blustein, J., Hanson, K., Shea, S. (1998). “Preventable Hospitalizations and Socioeconomic Status.” Health Affairs, 17(2), 177-189. http://content.healthaffairs.org/cgi/reprint/17/2/177 Bono, C., Shenkman, E., Hope-Wegener, D. (2000). “The Actual Versus Expected Health Care Use Among Healthy Kids Enrollees.” Institute for Child Health Policy. Bonomi, A.E., Anderson, M.L., Reid, R.J., (2009) “Medical and Psychosocial Diagnoses in Women with a History of Inmate Partner Violence.” Arch Internal Medicine 169(18): 1692-7. Briggs. L. W., Rohrer. J. E., Ludke. R. L., Hilsenrath, P. E., Phillips, K. T. (1995). “Geographic Variation in Primary Care Visits in Iowa.” Health Services Research 30(5), 657-671. Broemeling A. (2005) “Chronic Care Management: Understanding Chronic Health Conditions & Co-morbidity.” Presentation. Centre for Health Services and Policy Research. Broemeling, A. (2008) “Chronic conditions and co-morbidity among residents of British Columbia.” Center for Health Services Policy and Research. http://www.chspr.ubc.ca/files/publications/2005/chspr05-08.pdf Broemeling, A., Watson, D., and Black, C. (2005). “Chronic conditions and comorbidity among residents of British Columbia.” Centre of for Health Services and Policy Research, University of British Columbia. www.chspr.ubc.ca Buntin, M.J.B., Newhouse, J. P. (1998). “Employer Purchasing Coalitions and Medicaid: Experiences with Risk Adjustment.” The Commonwealth Fund. http://www.cmwf.org/publications/publications_show.htm?doc_id=221418 Bureau of Primary Health Care by MDS Associates, I. (1998). “Differences in Case Mix Between CHC Users and Non Users: Washington and Missouri, 1992 Final Report.” Carlin, C. (2006). “Optimal Pricing of Employment-Based Health Plans” Dissertation, Graduate School of Minnesota. Carlsson, L. (2004). “Burden of Illness in Defined Populations.” Department of Clinical Services, Center of Family Medicine Karolinska Institutet. Carlsson, L., Borjesson, U., Edgren, L. (2002). “Patient-based „Burden-of-Illness‟ in Swedish Primary Health Care. Applying the Johns Hopkins ACG Case-mix System in a Retrospective Study of Electronic Patient Records.” International Journal of Health Planning and Management, 17(3), 269-282. http://www3.interscience.wiley.com/cgi-bin/fulltext/97518189/PDFSTART The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Appendix A: ACG Publication List A-3 Carlsson, L., Strender, Lars-Erik, Fridh, Gerd and Nilsson, Gunnar. (2004). “Types of Morbidity and Categories of Patients in a Swedish Country: Apply the Johns Hopkins Adjusted Clinical Groups System to Encounter Data in Primary Health Care.” Scandinavian Journal of Primary Health Care, 22, 174-179. http://taylorandfrancis.metapress.com/app/home/contribution.asp?wasp=42f3515c 6f774b308efb5dccf3a34cfe&referrer=parent&backto=issue,11,14;journal,4,31;lin kingpublicationresults,1:102104,1 Center for Health Quality Outcomes & Economic Research. “Health Quality Section Update, ACGs: An Ambulatory Care Case-mix Measure.” CHQOER Quarterly, ENRM VA Hospital, Bedford, MA. Fall, 1997. Clark, D. O., Von Korff, M., Saunders, K., Baluch, W. M., Simon, G. E. (1995). “A Chronic Disease Score with Empirically Derived Weights.” Medical Care, 33(8), 783-795. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=7637401&dopt=Abstract Conrad, D.A., Fishman, P., Grembowski, D. et al. (2008). “Access Intervention in an Integrated, Prepaid Group Practice: Effects on Primary Care Physician Productivity.” Health Services Resarch, Volume 43(5p2) 1888-1905. Conrad, D. A., Maynard, C., Cheadle, A., Ramsey. S., Marcus-Smith, M., Kirz, H., et. al. (1998). “Primary Care Physician Compensation Method in Medical Groups: Does It Influence The Use and Cost of Health Services For Enrollees in Managed Care Organizations?” JAMA, 279(11), 853-858. http://jama.ama-assn.org/cgi/content/full/279/11/853 Crampton, C., Davis, P., Lay-Yee, R., Raymont, A., Forrest, C., Starfield, B. (2004). “Comparison of Private For-Profit with Private Community-Governed Not-ForProfit Primary Care Services in New Zealand.” Journal of Health Services Research and Policy, 9(2), 17-22. Crampton, C., Davis, P., Lay-Yee, R., Raymont, A., Forrest, C., Starfield, B. (2005). “Does Community-Governed Nonprofit Primary Care Improve Access to Services? Cross-Sectional Survey of Practice Characteristics.” International Journal of Health Services, 35(3), 465-478. Crosson, F.J., (2004). “The Changing Shape of The Physician Workforce In Prepaid Group Practice.” Health Affairs – Web Exclusive, W4, 60-63. Diamond, L. H. (2000). “Profiling: Doing It Right.” Healthplan, 41(3), 74-75. Duckett, S. J., and Agius, P. A. (2002). “Performance of Diagnosis-based Risk Adjustment Measures In a Population of Sick Australians.” Australian and New Zealand Journal of Public Health, 26(6), 500-507. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=12530791&dopt=Abstract Dunn, D., Rosenblatt A, Taira, D., Latimer, E., Bertko, J., Stoiber, T., Braun, P., Busch, S. (1995). “A Comparative Analysis of Methods of Health Risk Assessment: Final Report.” Harvard University School of Public Health. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 A-4 Appendix A: ACG Publication List Ellis, R. P. (2001). “Formal Risk Adjustment by Private Employers.” Inquiry, 38(3), 299-309. http://www.inquiryjournalonline.org/inqronline/?request=getabstract&issn=0046-9580&volume=038&issue=03&page=0299 Ettner, S. L., Frank, R. G., McGuire, T.G., Hermann, R. C. (2001). “Risk Adjustment Alternatives in Paying for Behavioral Health Care Under Medicaid.” Health Services Research, 36(4), 793-811. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=11508640&dopt=Abstract Ettner, S. L., and Johnson, S. (2003). “Do Adjusted Clinical Groups Eliminate Incentives for HMOs to Avoid Substance Abusers? Evidence from the Maryland Medicaid HealthChoice Program.” Journal of Behavioral Health Services and Research, 30(1), 63-77. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=12633004&dopt=Abstract Fakhraei, S. H., Kaelin, J., Conviser, R. (2001). “Comorbidity-Based Payment Methodology for Medicaid Enrollees with HIV/AIDS.” Health Care Financing Review, 23(2), 53-68. http://72.14.207.104/search?q=cache:LmlPaXNKzVQJ:www.umbc.edu/chpdm/ex pertise/managed-care/medicaid/comorbidity.pdf+Comorbiditybased+payment+methodology+for+medicaid+enrollees+with+HIV/AIDS&hl=en Falik, M., Needleman, J., Wells, B., Korb, J. (2001). “Ambulatory Care Sensitive Hospitalizations and Emergency Visits: Experiences of Medicaid Patients Using Federally Qualified Health Centers.” Medical Care, 39(6) 551-561. http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/abstract.00005650-20010600000004.htm;jsessionid=CCbIYY9msBm2JEWd4SgnnyBwS1sahmvkx1cAhvhOQt FpjbGP9y1B!-1738921856!-949856031!9001!-1 Fick, D.M., Maclean, J.R., Rodriguez, N.A., Short, L., Heuvel, R.V., Waller, J.L., Rogers, R.L. (2004). “A Randomized Study to Decrease the Use of Potentially Inappropriate Medications Among Community-dwelling Older Adults in a Southeastern Managed Care Organization.” The American Journal of Managed Care, 10(11), 761-768. http://www.ajmc.com/files/articlefiles/AJMC04novPrt1_Fick761to68.pdf Fishman, P., Shay, D. K. (1999). “Development and Estimation of a Pediatric Chronic Disease Score Using Automated Pharmacy Data.” Medical Care, 37(9), 874-883. http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-19990900000004.htm;jsessionid=CCaV0cmAKYfzTqwX47k8mc1cj2phpZV2hBN3VGUTk fz7iwOn1yod!1362100327!-949856032!9001!-1 FitzHenry, F. and Shultz, E. K. (2000). “Health-Risk-Assessment Tools Used to Predict Costs in Defined Populations.” Journal of Healthcare Information Management, 14(2), 31-57. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=11066647&dopt=Abstract The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Appendix A: ACG Publication List A-5 Foldes, S. (1998). “Managed Care Holds Down Costs, Doesn‟t Hurt Auality.” January 3, 1998. Minneapolis Star Tribune, A13. Forrest, C. B, Kinder, K., Klaus, K. W., Reid, R. J. (2004). “Adjusted Clinical Group – ein Instrument zur Prognose des Ressourcenverbrauchs.” Gesimdheits und Sozialpolitik, 1-2/2004, 8-15. Forrest, C. B, Majeed, A., Weiner, J., Carroll, K., Bindman, A. B. (2003). “Referral of Children to Specialists in the United States and the United Kingdom.” Archives of Pediatric Adolescent Medicine, 157(3), 279-285. http://archpedi.ama-assn.org/cgi/content/full/157/3/279 Forrest, C. B, Majeed, A., Weiner, J., Carroll, K., Bindman, A. (2002). “Comparison of Specialty Referral Rates in the United Kingdom and United States: Retrospective Cohort Analysis.” British Medical Journal, 325(7360), 370-371. http://bmj.bmjjournals.com/cgi/content/full/325/7360/370/ Forrest, C. B., Weiner, J. P., Fowles, J., Vogeli, C., Frick, K. D., Lemke, K. W., et. al. (2001). “Self-Referral in Point-of-Service Health Plans.” JAMA, 285(17), 22232231. http://jama.ama-assn.org/cgi/content/short/285/17/2223 Forrest, C. B., Reid, R. J. (2001). “Prevalence of Health Problems and Primary Care Physicians‟ Specialty Referral Decisions.” Journal of Family Practice, 50(5), 427-432. http://www.jfampract.com/content/2001/05/jfp_0501_04270.asp Forrest, C. B., Whelan, E. M. (2000). “Primary Care Safety-Net Delivery Sites in the United States: A Comparison of Community Health Centers, Hospital Outpatient Departments, and Physicians‟ Offices.” JAMA, 284(16), 2077-2083. http://jama.ama-assn.org/cgi/content/short/284/16/2077 Fowler, L., Anderson G. (1996). “Capitation Adjustment For Pediatric Populations.” Pediatrics, 98(1), 10-17. http://pediatrics.aappublications.org/cgi/content/abstract/98/1/10 Fowles, J., Weiner, J., Knutson, D., Fowler, E., Tucker, A., Ireland, M., “Taking Health Status into Account When Setting Capitation Rates: A Comparison of Risk Adjustment Methods.” JAMA, 276(16), 1316-1321. http://jama.ama-assn.org/cgi/content/abstract/276/16/1316 Franks, P., and Fiscella, K. (2002) “Effect of Patient Socioeconomic Status on Physician Profiles for Prevention, Disease Management, and Diagnostic Testing Costs.” Medical Care, 40(8), 717-724. http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-20020800000011.htm Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 A-6 Appendix A: ACG Publication List Franks, P., Fiscella, K., Beckett, L., Zwanziger, J., Mooney, C., and Gorthy, S. (2003). “Effects of Patient and Physician Practice Socioeconomic Status on the Health Care of Privately Insured Managed Care Patients.” Medical Care, 41(7), 842852. http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-20030700000008.htm Fye, W.B., (2004). “Cardiology Workforce: A Shortage, Not a Surplus.” Health Affairs – Web Exclusive, W4, 64-66. Gifford, G. A.,, Edwards, K. R., Knutson, D. (2004). “Health-Based Capitation Risk Adjustment in Minnesota Public Health Care Programs.” Health Care Financing Review, 26(2), 21-41. http://www.cms.hhs.gov/review/04winter/04winterpg21.pdf Glazier, R. (2008). “The Impact of Not Having a Primary Care Physician Among People with Chronic Conditions.” ICES Investigative Report July 2008. Goodman, D.C., (2004). “Do We Need More Physicians?” Health Affairs – Web Exclusive, W4, 67-69. Green, B., Barlow, J., Newman, C. (1996). “Ambulatory Care Groups and The Profiling of Primary Care Physician Resource Use: Examining the Application of Case-Mix Adjustments.” Journal of Ambulatory Care Management, 19(1), 86-89. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt =Abstract&list_uids=10154372 Gifford, G. A., Edwards, K. R., and Knutson, D. J. (2004). “Health-Based Capitation Risk Adjustment in Minnesota, Public Health Care Programs.” Health Care Financing Review, Vol. 26(2), 21-41. http://www.cms.hhs.gov/review/04winter/04winterpg21.pdf Hall, J., Moore, J., “Does High Risk Poll Coverage Meet the Needs of People at Risk for Disability.” Inquiry Journal. 340-353. Halling, A., Fridh, G., Ovhed, I. (2006). “Validating the Johns Hopkins ACG Case-Mix System of the Elderly in Swedish Primary Health Care.” BMC Public Health, 6(171). Harris, L. (2009). “Diabetes Quality of Care and Outpatient Utilization Associated with Electronic Patient-Provider Messaging: A Cross-Sectional Analysis.” Diabetes Care. Harry, N. (1997). “Hopkins Health Pricing Tool a Managed Care Hit.” Baltimore Business Journal, 15(9), 20. http://www.bizjournals.com/baltimore/stories/1997/07/21/focus2.html Holahan, J., Rangarajan, S., Schirmer, M. (1999). “Medicaid Managed Care Payment Rates in 1998.” Health Affairs (Millwood), 18(3), 217-227. http://content.healthaffairs.org/cgi/reprint/18/3/217 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Appendix A: ACG Publication List A-7 Hollander, M., Kadlec, H., Hamdi, R., “Increasing value for money in the Canadian healthcare system: new findings on the contribution of primary care services.” Healthcare Quarterly, Vol. 12(4), 30-43. Jackson, J. E., Doescher, M. P., Saver, B. G., and Fishman, P. (2004). “Prescription Drug Coverage, Health, and Medication Acquisition Among Seniors With One or More Chronic Conditions.” Medical Care, 42(11), 1056-1065. http://www.lwwmedicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-200411000-00004.htm Johnson M.L., El-Serag H.B., Tran T.T., Hartman C., Richardson P., et. al. (2006). “Adapting the Rx-Risk-V for Mortality Prediction in Outpatient Populations.” Med Care, 44(8), 793-797. Juncosa, S., Bolibar, B. (1997). [A Patient Classification System for Our Primary Care: The Ambulatory Care Groups (ACGs)]. Gac Sanit, 11(2), 83-94. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=9378577&dopt=Abstract Juncosa, S., Carrillo, E., Bolibar, B., Prados, A., and Grevas, J. (1996). {Classification Systems in Care-Mix Groups in Ambulatory Care. Perspectives for Our Primary Health Care.] Aten Primaria, 17(1), 76-82. Juncosa, S., Bonaventura, B., Rpset. M., Tomas. R. (1999). “Performance of an Ambulatory Case-Mix Measurement in Primary Care in Spain: Ambulatory Care Groups (ACGs).” European Journal of Public Health, 9, 27-35. Juncosa, S., Bonaventura, B., Rpset. M., Tomas. R. (1999). “Descripcion, Comportamiento, Usos Y Metodologia de Empleo Para Medir La Casuistica En Nuestra Atencion Primaria: Los Ambulatory Care Groups (ACGs).” Fundacio Salut, Empresa I Economia. Klabunde, C. N., Warren, J. L., Legler, J. M. (2002). “Assessing Comorbidity Using Claims Data: An Overview.” Medical Care, 40(8 Suppl), IV-26-35. http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-20020800100004.htm Knutson, D. (1998). “Case Study: The Minneapolis Buyers Health Care Action Group.” Inquiry, 35, 171-177. Kuhlthau K., Ferris, T. G., Beal, A. C., Gortmaker, S. L., and Perrin, J. M. (2001). “Who Cares for Medicaid-Enrolled Children With Chronic Conditions?” Pediatrics, 108(4), 906-912. http://pediatrics.aappublications.org/cgi/content/full/108/4/906 Kuhlthau K., Ferris T.G., Davis R.B., Perrin J.M., Iezzoni L.I. (2005). “Pharmacy and Diagnosis Based Risk Adjustment for Children with Medicaid.” Med Care, 43(11), 1155-1159. Lafferty, W.E., Tyree, P., Delvin, S., Anderson, M., Diehr, P., (2008) “Complementary and Alternative Medicine Provider Use and Expenditures by Cancer Treatment Phase.” The American Journal of Managed Care.” 14(5). Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 A-8 Appendix A: ACG Publication List Lafferty W.E., Tyree P.T., Bellas A.S., Watts C.A., Lind B.K., et. al. (2006). “Insurance Coverage and Subsequent Utilization of Complementary and Alternative Medicine Providers.” Am J Manag Care, 12(7), 397-404. http://www.ajmc.com/files/articlefiles/AJMC_06julLafferty397to404.pdf Leibson, C. L., Katusic, S. K., Barbaresi, W. J., Ransom, J., and O‟Brien, P. C. (2001) “Use and Costs of Medical Care for Children and Adolescents with and without Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder.” JAMA, 285(1), 60-66. http://jama.ama-assn.org/cgi/content/full/285/1/60 Liu, C. F., Sales, A. E., Sharp, N. D., Fishman, P., Sloan, K. L., Todd-Stenberg, J., et. al. (2003). “Case-mix Adjusting Performance Measures in a Veteran Population: Pharmacy- and Diagnosis-based Approaches.” Health Services Research, 38(5), 1319-1337. http://www.blackwell-synergy.com/doi/abs/10.1111/14756773.00179?cookieSet=1 Lind, B. (2006). “The Effect of Complementary and Alternative Medicine Claims on Risk Adjustment.”Medical Care. Vol. 44 (12) 1078-1084. Lind, B. (2007). “Use of Complementary and Alternative Medicine Providers by Fibromyalgia Patients Under Insurance Coverage.” Arthritis & Rheumatism (Arthritis Care & Research). 57, 71-76. Maciejewski, M., Liu, C., Derleth, A., McDonell, M., Anderson, St., Fihn, S. (2005). “The Performance of Administrative Self-Reported Measures for Risk Adjustment of Veterans Affairs Expenditures.” HSR: Health Services Research, 40(3), 887-904. Madden, C. W., Mackay, B. P., Skillman, S. M. (2001). “Measuring Health Status for Risk Adjusting Capitation Payments.” Center for Health Care Strategies, Inc. http://www.chcs.org/publications3960/publications_show.htm?doc_id=211914 Madden, C. W., Mackay, B. P., Skillman, S. M., Ciol, M., Diehr, P. (2000). “Risk Adjusting Capitation: Applications in Employed and Disabled Populations.” Health Care Management Science, 3(2), 101-109. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=10780278&dopt=Abstract Madden, C. W., Stanley. M, Skillman, S. M., Blough, D. K., Mackay, B., Wilson V., et. al. (1998). “Implementing a Model for Risk Distribution Among Competing Health Plans.” Final Report for the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation. http://www.rwjf.org/reports/grr/023352.htm Madden, C. W., Skillman, S. M , Mackay, B. P. (1998). “Risk Distribution and Risk Assessment Among Enrollees in Washington State‟s Medicaid SSI Population. Center for Health Care Strategies, Inc. Majeed, A., Bindman, A., Weiner, J. P. (2001). “Use of Risk Adjustment in Setting Budgets and Measuring Performance in Primary Care I: How it Works.” British Medical Journal, 323, 604-607. www.bmj.com/cgi/reprint/323/7313/604.pdf The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Appendix A: ACG Publication List A-9 Majeed, A., Bindman, A., Weiner, J. P. (2001). “Use of Risk Adjustment in Setting Budgets and Measuring Performance in Primary Care II: Advantages, Disadvantages, and Practicalities.” British Medical Journal, 323, 607-610. http://bmj.bmjjournals.com/cgi/reprint/323/7313/607.pdf Mark. T. L., Ozminkowski, R.J., Kirk, A., Ettner, S. L. Drabek, J. (2003). “Risk Adjustment for People With Chronic Conditions in Provide Sector Health Plans.” Medical Decision Making, 23(5), 397-405. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt =Abstract&list_uids=14570297&query_hl=5 Maryland Health Care Commission by the Project HOPE Center for Health Affairs (2001). “Characteristics of Maryland Residents Who Obtain Health Insurance from the Small and Large Group Markets.” Massachusetts Rate Setting Commission, (1996). “Evaluation of Case-Mix Adjustments Methods for the Massachusetts Division of Medical Assistance.” Final Report and Recommendation. McCall, D., Saruma, Angela, Hamman, Richard, Reusch, Barton, P. (2004). “Are LowIncome Elderly Patients At Risk for Poor Diabetes Care?” Diabetes Care, 27(5), 1060-1065. McCracken, S. B. (1996). “Health Information Services Technologies.” Journal of Ambulatory Care Management, 19(1), 90-97. Medical College of VA Associated Physicians and Mathematica Policy Research, I. (1999). “Minimal-Burden Risk Adjusters for the Medicare Risk Program.” Report prepared for the Health Care Financing Review (HCFA Contract No. 17C90366/3/01), November. Meenen, Richard T., Goodma, M. J., Fishman, P. A., Hornbrook, M. C., O‟KeeffeRosetti, M. C., Bachman, D. J. (2003). “Using Risk Adjustment Models to Identify High-Cost Risks.” Medical Care, (41)11, 1301-1312. http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-20031100000010.htm Minnesota Department of Health (1998). “Risk Adjustment and Rate Setting Methods in Public Programs.” A Report to Legislature Prepared by the Health Economics Program for the Minnesota Department of Health. Mitchell R.N. (2006). “Managing Costs with Software.” Editorial. Advance for Health Information. http://health-careit.advanceweb.com/Common/editorial/editorial.aspx?CTIID=339 Moore, H. W., K. J., Johnson, S., Mussman, M., O‟Brien, J. (2001). “Risk Adjustment for Asthma: Variations by Methodology and Implications for Providers.” Working Paper: Informed Purchasing Series, Center for Health Care Strategies, Inc. http://www.chcs.org/publications3960/publications_show.htm?doc_id=211896 Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 A-10 Appendix A: ACG Publication List Morgan, P., Shah, N., Kaufman, J., et al, (2008). “Impact of Physician Assistant Care on Office Visit Resource Used in the United States.” Health Services Research. Vol. 43 (5p2) 1906-1922. Moynihan, R. (2004). “Using Health Research in Policy and Practice: Case Studies from Nine Countries.” Academy Health. Mullan, F., (2004). “My Dad Was Not A Prepaid Group Practice Patient.” Health Affairs – Web Exclusive, W4, 70-72. National Health Information, LLC. (2004). “Use Predictive Modeling to Improve Profitability under Cap.” Capitation Rates & Data, 9(6). Naessens, J., Baird, M., Van Houten, H., Vanness, D., Campbell, C. (2005). “Predicting Persistently High Primary Care Use.” Annals of Family Medicine. 3, 324-330. http://www.annfammed.org/cgi/content/full/3/4/324 Omar, O.Z. (2008) “A model based on age, sex, and morbidity to explain variation in UK general practice prescribing: cohort study.” BMJ, 337;a238. Orueta, J. F., Lopez-De-Munain, J., Baez, K., Aiarzaguena, J. M., Aranguren, J. I., and Pedrero, E. (1999). “Application of the Ambulatory Care Groups in the Primary Care of a European National Health Care System: Does It Work?” Med Care, 37(3), 238-248. http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-19990300000004.htm Page, L. (1996). “Maryland to Test New Medicaid Managed Care Pay Formula.” American Medical News. Palsbo, S., P. R. (2001). “Implementing Risk Assessment and Risk Adjustment for People with Disabilities in State Programs: Six Case Studies.” NRH Center for Health and Disability Research. Paramore, L. C., Halpern, M. T., Lapuerta, P., Hurley, J. S., Frost, F. J., Fairchild, D.G., et. al. (2001). “Impact of Poorly Controlled Hypertension on Healthcare Resource Utilization and Cost.” Am J Manag Care, 7(4), 389-398. http://www.ajmc.com/files/articlefiles/AJMC2001aprParamore389_98.pdf Parente, S. T., Susan S. Kim, PharmD; Michael D. Finch, PhD; Lisa A. Schloff, M. T. S. R., PharmD, PhD; and Raafat Siefeldin, P., PhD; and J. David Haddox, DDS, MD. (2004). “Identifying Controlled Substance Patterns of Utilization Requiring Evaluation Using Administrative Claims Data.” Am J Managed Care, 10, 783790. http://www.ajmc.com/files/articlefiles/AJMC04nov_Parente783to90.pdfhttp://ww w.ajmc.com/Article.cfm?Menu=1&ID=2752 Parente, S. T., Weiner, J. P., Garnick, D. W., Fowles, J., Lawthers, A. G., and Palmer, R. H. (1996). “Profiling Medicare Beneficiary Resource Use by Primary-Care Practices: Managed Medicare Implications.” Health Care Financ Rev. 17(4), 2342. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Appendix A: ACG Publication List A-11 Parkerson, G. R., Jr., Harrell, F. E., Jr., Hammond, W. E., Wang, X. Q. (2001) “Characteristics of Adult Primary Care Patients as Predictors of Future Health Services Charges.” Med Care 39(11), 1170-1181. http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-20011100000004.htm Petersen, L. A., Peitz, Kenneth, Woodard, LeChauncy, D., and Byrne, Margaret. (2005). “Comparison of the Predictive Validity of Diagnosis-Based Risk Adjusters for Clinical Outcomes.” Medical Care, 43(1), 61-67. http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-20050100000009.htm Pietz, K. O., m. K., Byrne, M., Souchek, J., Petersen, N., Ashton, C. (2002). “Physician-Level Variation in Practice Patterns in VA Healthcare System.” Health Services & Outcomes Research Methodology, 2, 95-106. Pietz, K., Ashton, C, McDonell, M, Wray, N. (2004). “Predicting Healthcare Costs in a Population of Veterans Affairs Beneficiaries Using Diagnosis-Based Risk Adjustment and Self-Reported Health Status.” Medical Care. 42(10):1027-1035. Powe, N. R., Weiner, J. P., Starfield, B., Stuart, M., Baker, A., and Steinwachs, D. M. (1996). “Systemwide Performance in a Medicaid Program: Profiling the Care of Patients with Chronic Illnesses.” Med Car, 34(8), 798-810. http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-19960800000007.htm Powers C.A., Meyer C.M., Roebuck M.C., Vaziri B. (2005). “Predictive Modeling of Total Healthcare Costs Using Pharmacy Claims Data.” Med Car, 43(11), 10651072. Prosser, B., QUILTS Team. (2006). “The Utility of ACGs & ADGs in the Evaluation of the BC Nurseline.” Presentation in British Columbia. Quan H., Sundararajan V., Halfon P., Fong A., Burnand B., et. al. (2005). “Coding Algorithms for Defining Comorbidities in ICD-9-CM and ICD-10 Administrative Data.” Med Care, 43(11), 1130-1139). Ralston, JD. (2007). “Patient Web Services Integrated with a Shared Medical Record: Patient Use and Satisfaction.” JAMIA. http://www.jamia.org/cgi/reprint/14/6/798.pdf Ralston, JD. (2009). “Patient Use of Secure Electronic Messaging Within a Shared Medical Record: a Cross-Sectional Analysis.” JGIM. Ray, G., Mertens, J., Weisner, C., (2009) “Family members of people with alcohol or drug dependence: health problems and medical cost compared to family members of people with diabetes and asthma.” Society for the Study of Addiction. 104(203-214) Ray, G., Croen, L., Habel, L., ”Mothers of children diagnosed with attentiondeficit/hyperactivity disorder: Health conditions and medical care utilization in periods before and after the birth of a child.” Medical Care. 47(1)105-114. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 A-12 Appendix A: ACG Publication List Reid, R., B. B., Roos, N. P., Black, C., MacWilliam, L., Menec, V. “Do Some Physician Groups See Sicker Patients than Others? Implications for Primary Care Policy in Manitoba.” Manitoba Centre for Health Policy and Evaluation, Department of Community Health Services Faculty of Medicine, University of Manitoba. http://www.umanitoba.ca/centres/mchp/reports/pdfs/acg2001.pdf Reid, R., M. L., Roos, N., Bogdanovic, B., Black, C. (1999). “Measuring Morbidity in Populations: Performance of the Johns Hopkins Adjusted Clinical Group (ACG) Case-Mix Adjustment System in Manitoba.” Manitoba Centre for Health Policy and Evaluation, Department of Community Health Services Faculty of Medicine, University of Manitoba. http://www.umanitoba.ca/centres/mchp/reports/pdfs/acg.pdf Reid, R. J., MacWilliam, L., Verhulst, L., Roos, N., and Atkinson, M. (2001). “Performance of the ACG Case-Mix System in Two Canadian Provinces.” Medical Care, 39(1), 86-99. http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-20010100000010.htm Reid, R. J., Roos, N. P., MacWilliam, L., Frohlich, N., and Black, C. (2002) “Assessing Population Health Care Need Using a Claims-based ACG Morbidity Measure: A Validation in the Province of Manitoba.” Health Services Research, 37(5): 13451364. http://www.blackwell-synergy.com/doi/abs/10.1111/1475-6773.01029 Reid, R. J., Evans, R.., Barer, M., Sheps, S., Kerluke, K., McGrail, K. Hetzman, C. and Pagliccia, N. (2003) “Conspicuous consumption: characterizing high users of physician services in one Canadian province.” Journal of Health Services Research & Policy, 8(4): 1345-1364. http://www.blackwell-synergy.com/doi/abs/10.1111/1475-6773.01029 Robinson J.W., Zeger S.L., Forrest C.B. (2006). “A Hierarchical Multivariate Two-Part Model for Profiling Providers‟ Effects on Health Care Changes.” Journal of the American Statistical Association, 101(475), 911-923. Rosen, A. K., Loveland, S. A., Rakovski, C. C., Christiansen, C., L., Berlowitz, D. R. (2003). “Do Different Case-Mix Measures Affect Assessments of Provider Efficiency: Lessons From the Department of Veteran Affairs.” Journal of Ambulatory Care Management, 26(3), 229-242. http://pt.wkhealth.com/pt/re/lwwgateway/abstract.00004479-20030700000006.htm Rosen, A. K., Loveland, S., Anderson, J. J., Rothendler, J. A., Hankin, C. S., Rakovski, C., C., et. al. (2001). “Evaluating Diagnosis-Based Case-Mix Measures: How Well Do They Apply to the VA Populations?” Medical Care, 39(7), 692-704. http://www.lwwmedicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-200107000-00006.htm The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Appendix A: ACG Publication List A-13 Rosen, A. K., Rakovski, C., Loveland, S. A., Anderson, J. J., Berlowitz, D. R. (2002) “Profiling Resource Use: Do Different Outcomes Affect Assessments of Provider Efficiency?” American Journal of Managed Care, 8(12, 1105-1115. http://www.ajmc.com/files/articlefiles/AJMC2002decRosen1105-1115.pdf Rosen, A. K., Reid, R., Broemeling, A., and Rakovski, C. C. (2003). “Applying a RiskAdjustment Framework to Primary Care: Can We Improve on Existing Measures?” Annals of Family Medicine, 1(1), 44-51. Rosenblatt, R. A., Baldwon, L. M., Chan, L., Fordyce, M. A., Hirsch, I. R., Palmer, J. P., et. al. (2001). “Improving the Quality of Outpatient Care for Older Patients With Diabetes: Lesson From a Comparison of Rural and Urban Communities.” Journal of Family Practice, 50(8), 676-680. http://www.jfponline.com/content/2001/08/jfp_0801_06760.asp Salem-Schatz, S., Moore, G., Rucker, M., and Pearson, S. (1994). “The Case For CaseMix Adjustment In Practice Profiling: When Good Apples Look Bad.” JAMA, 272(11), 871-874. http://jama.ama-assn.org/cgi/content/abstract/272/11/871 Sales, A. E., Liu, C. F., Sloan, K. L., Malkin, J., Fishan, P. A., Rosen, A. K., et. al. (2003). “Predictiing Costs of Care Using Pharmacy-Based Measure Risk Adjustment in a Veteran Population.” Medical Care, 41(6), 753-760. http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/abstract.00005650-20030600000008.htm Salsberg, E., Forte, G. (2004). “Benefits and Pitfalls in Applying the Experience of Prepaid Group Practices to the U.S. Physician Supply.” Health Affairs – Web Exclusive, W4, 73-75. Schoenbaum, S.C., (2004). “Physicians and Prepaid Group Practices.” Health Affairs – Web Exclusive, W4, 76-78. Shen, Y. and Ellis, R. P. (2002). “Cost-Minimizing Risk Adjustment.” Journal of Health Economic, 21(3), 515-530. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6V8K-459J6C71/2/750e4d9c422c203710b505981a0b9f0a Shen, Y., Ellis, R. P. (2002). “How Profitable is Risk Selection? A Comparison of Four Risk Adjustment Models.” Health Economics, 11(2), 165-174. http://people.bu.edu/ellisrp/shenellis_profitability2002.pdf Shenkman, E., Pendergast, J., Wegener, D. H., Hartzel, T., Naff, R., Freedman S., et. al. (1997). “Children‟s Health Care Use in the Healthy Kids Program.” Pediatrics, 100(6), 947-953. http://pediatrics.aappublications.org/cgi/content/full/100/6/947 Shenkman, E., Breiner, J.. (2001). “Characteristics of Risk Adjustment Systems.” Working Paper Series, #2. Division of Child Health Services Research and Evaluation, Institute for Child Health Policy, University of Florida. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 A-14 Appendix A: ACG Publication List Shields, A. E., Comstock, C., Finkelstein, J. A., and Weiss, K.B. (2003). “Comparing Asthma Care Provided to Medicaid-Enrolled Children in a Primary Care Case Manager Plan and a Staff Model HMO.” Ambulatory Pediatric, 3(5), 253-262. http://ampe.allenpress.com/ampeonline/?request=getdocument&doi=10.1367%2F15394409(2003)003%3C0253:CACPTM%3E2.0.CO%3B2 Sheilds, A. E., Finkelstein, J. A., Comstock, C., Weiss, K. B. (2002). “Process of Care for Medicaid-Enrolled Children with Asthma.” Medical Care, 40(4), 303-314 http://www.lww-medicalcare.com/pt/re/medcare/fulltext.00005650-20020400000006.htm Smith, N. S., and Weiner, J. P. (1994). “Applying Population-Based Case-Mix Adjustment in Managed Care: The Johns Hopkins Ambulatory Care Group System.” Managed Care Quqrterly, 2(3), 21-34. Starfield, B., Lemke, K. W., Herbert, R., Pavlovich, W. D., and Anderson, G. (2005). “Comorbidity and the Use of Primary Care and Specialist Care in the Elderly.” Annals of Family Medicine, 3(3), 215-222. http://annalsfm.highwire.org/cgi/content/full/3/3/215 Starfield, B., Lemke, K. W., Bernhardt, T., Foldes, S. S., Forrest, C. B., and Weiner, J. P. (2003). “Comorbidity: Implications for the Importance of Primary Care in Case Management.” Annals of Family Medicine, 1(1), 8-14. http://www.annfammed.org/cgi/content/full/1/1/8 Starfield, B., Weiner, J., Mumford, L., Steinwachs, D. (1991). “Ambulatory Care Groups: A Categorization of Diagnoses For Research and Management.” Health Services Research, 26(1), 53-74. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt =Abstract&list_uids=1901841 Stuart, M. E., and Steinwachs, D. M. (1993). “Patient Mix Differences Among Ambulatory Providers and Their Effects on Utilization and Payments For Maryland Medicaid Users.” Medical Care, 31(12), 1119-1137. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=8246641&dopt=Abstract Sullivan, C. Omar, R., Forrest, C., Majeed, A. (2004). “Adjusting for Case Mix and Social Class in Examining Variation in Home Visits Between Practices.” Family Practice, 21(4), 355-363. http://fampra.oxfordjournals.org/cgi/content/full/21/4/355 Sylvia M.L., Shadmi E., Hsiao C.J., Boyd C.M., Schuster A.B., et. al. (2006). “Clinical Features of High-Risk Older Persons Identified by Predictive Modeling.” Disease Management, 9(1), 56-62. “The Faces of Medicaid.” (2000). Publication for the Center of Health Care Strategies, Inc., Finance, 71-75. http://www.chcs.org/publications/pdf/cfm/Finance.pdf The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Appendix A: ACG Publication List A-15 Thomas, J. W., Grazier, K. L., and Ward, K. (2004). “Comparing Accuracy of RiskAdjustment Methodologies Used in Economic Profiling of Physicians.” Inquiry, 41(2), 218-231. http://www.inquiryjournalonline.org/inqronline/?request=getabstract&issn=0046-9580&volume=041&issue=02&page=0218 Tucker, A., Weiner, J., Abrams, C. (2002). “Health-Based Risk Adjustment: Application to Premium Development and Profiling.” Health Administration Press, Ann Arbor. Tucker, A. M., Weiner, J. P., Honigfeld, S., and Parton, R. A. (1996). “Profiling Primary Care Physician Resource Use: Examining the Application of Case-Mix Adjustment.” Journal of Ambulatory Care Management, 19(1), 60-80. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=10154370&dopt=Abstract Verhulst, L., Reid, R. J., Forrest, C. B. (2001). “Hold It - My Patients are Sicker! The Importance of Case Mix Adjustment to Practitioner Profiles in British Columbia.” BC Medical Journal, 43(6), 328-333. http://www.bcma.org/public/bc_medical_journal/BCMJ/2001/july_august_2001/P remisePatientsSicker.asp Volpel, A., O‟Brien, J. (2005). “Strategies for Assessing Health Plan Performance on Chronic Diseases: Selecting Performance Indicators and Applying Health-Based Risk Adjustment.” CHCS, Inc., Resource Paper. http://www.chcs.org/publications3960/publications_show.htm?doc_id=263738 Weiner, J. (1991). “Ambulatory Case-Mix Methodologies: Applications to Primary Care Research.” In Grady, M. (ed) Primary Care Research: Theory and Methods. Weiner, J. P., Dobson, A., Maxwell, S. L., Coleman, K., Starfield, B., Anderson, G. F. (1996). “Risk-Adjusted Medicare Capitation Rates Using Ambulatory and Inpatient Diagnoses.” Health Care Financing Review, 17(3), 77-99. Weiner, J. P., Starfield, B. H., Lieberman, R. N. (1992). “Johns Hopkins Ambulatory Care Groups (ACGs): A Case-Mix System For UR, QA, and Capitation Adjustment.” HMO Practice, 6(1), 13-19. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=10119658&dopt=Abstract Weiner, J. P., Starfield, B., Stuart, M., Powe, N. R., Steinwachs, D. M. (1996). “Ambulatory Care Practice Variation Within a Medicaid Program.” Health Services Research, 30(6), 751-770. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=8591928&dopt=Abstract Weiner, J. P., Starfield, B. H., Steinwachs, D. M., and Mumford, L. M. (1991). “Development and Application of a Population-Oriented Measure of Ambulatory Care Case-Mix.” Medical Care, 29(5), 452-472. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=1902278&dopt=Abstract Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 A-16 Appendix A: ACG Publication List Weiner, J. P., Tucker, A. M., Collins, A. M., Fakhraei, H., Liebermann, R., Abrams, C., et. al. (1998). “The Development of Risk-Adjusted Capitation Payment System: The Maryland Medicaid Model.” Journal of Ambulatory Care Management, 21(4), 29-52. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=10387436&dopt=Abstract Weir, Sharada, Phil, D., Aweh, Gideaon, Clark, Robin E. (2008). “Case Selection for a Medicaid Chronic Care Management Program.” Health Care Financing Review, Volume 30, Number 1, Fall 2008, pp 61-74. http://www.cms.hhs.gov/HealthCareFinancingReview/downloads/08Fallpg61.pdf Weyrauch, K. F., Boiko, P., and Feeny, D. (1995). “HMO Family Physicians: Men and Women Differ in Their Work.” HMO Practice, 9(4), 155-161. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_ uids=10170166&dopt=Abstract Willson, D. F., Horn, S.D., Hendley, J. O., Smout, R., and Gassaway, J. (2001). “Effect of Practice Variation on Resource Utilization in Infants Hospitalized for Viral Lower Respiratory Illness.” Pediatrics, 108(4), 851-855. http://pediatrics.aappublications.org/cgi/reprint/108/4/851.pdf Wolff, J. L., Starfield, B., and Anderson, G. (2002). “Prevalence, Expenditures, and Complications of Multiple Chronic Conditions in the Elderly.” Arch of Internal Medicine, 162, 2269-2276. Woolf, S. H., Rothemich, S. F., Johnson, R. E., Marsland, D. W. (2000). “Selection Bias from Requiring Patients to Give Consent to Examine Data for Health Services Research.” AMA, Archives of Family Medicine, 9(10), 1111-1118. http://archfami.ama-assn.org/cgi/reprint/9/10/1111.pdf Zielinski, A., Kronogard, M., Lenhoff, H., & Halling, A. (2009). Validation of ACG case-mix for equitable resource allocation in swedish primary health care. BMC Public Health, 9(1), 347. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models B-i Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models Introduction ...................................................................................................B-1 Table 1: Individual ACG Categories Included in the Predictive Models .B-1 Table 2: ACGs Included in Three Prospectively Calibrated Resource Utilization Bands ........................................................................................B-2 Table 3: Pregnancy Without Delivery .......................................................B-2 Table 4: EDCs Included in the Predictive Models ....................................B-3 Table 5: Rx-MGs Included in the Predictive Models ...............................B-6 Table 6: Special Population Markers ........................................................B-7 Table 7: Demographic Markers .................................................................B-7 Table 8: Optional Prior Cost Markers* .....................................................B-7 Table 9: Utilization Markers** .................................................................B-8 Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 B-ii Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models This page was left blank intentionally. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models B-1 Introduction These tables indicate the variables used in the ACG Predictive Models. The ACG Predictive Models have been developed using a reference population provided by PharMetrics, a unit of IMS in Watertown, MA. Modest performance improvements may be attained when predictive models are calibrated against a local population. The ACG Software facilitates local calibration of predictive models with the export of the independent variables as model markers. For reference, the independent variables used in the ACG Predictive Models are presented in the following tables. U.S. and international copyright law protect these assignment algorithms. It is an infringement of copyright law to develop any derivative product based on the grouping algorithm or other information presented in this document without the written permission of The Johns Hopkins University. Copyright © The Johns Hopkins University, 1995, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 and 2009. All Rights Reserved. Table 1: Individual ACG Categories Included in the Predictive Models ACG Description 4220 4330 4420 4430 4510 4520 4610 4620 4730 4830 4910 4920 4930 4940 5010 5020 5030 5040 5050 5060 5070 5320 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age 1-17, 1+ Major ADGs 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age 18-44, 2+ Major ADGs 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age >44, 1 Major ADGs 4-5 Other ADG Combinations, Age >44, 2+ Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age 1-5, No Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age 1-5, 1+ Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age 6-17, No Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age 6-17, 1+ Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Male, Age 18-34, 2+ Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Female, Age 18-34, 2+ Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age >34, 0-1 Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age >34, 2 Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age >34, 3 Major ADGs 6-9 Other ADG Combinations, Age >34, 4+ Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 1-17 No Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 1-17, 1 Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 1-17, 2+ Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 18+, 0-1 Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 18+, 2 Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 18+, 3 Major ADGs 10+ Other ADG Combinations, Age 18+, 4+ Major ADGs Infants: 0-5 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 B-2 Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models ACG Description 5321 5322 5330 5331 5332 5340 5341 5342 Infants: 0-5 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, low birth weight Infants: 0-5 ADGs, 1+ Major ADGs, normal birth weight Infants: 6+ ADGs, No Major ADGs Infants: 6+ ADGs, No Major ADGs, low birth weight Infants: 6+ ADGs, No Major ADGs, normal birth weight Infants: 6+ ADGs, 1+ Major ADG Infants: 6+ ADGs, 1+ Major ADG, low birth weight Infants: 6+ ADGs, 1+ Major ADG, normal birth weight Table 2: ACGs Included in Three Prospectively Calibrated Resource Utilization Bands ACG Prospective RUB Levels ACG RUB Level 1 (included in Intercept) ACG RUB Level 2 ACG RUB Level 3 Reference Group ACG 0100 0200 0300 1100 1200 1600 5100 5110 5200 9900 ACG 0400 0500 0600 0900 1000 1300 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2800 2900 3000 3100 3400 3900 4000 1711 1721 1731 1741 ACG 0700 0800 1400 1500 2600 2700 3200 3300 3500 3600 3700 3800 4100 4210 4310 4320 4410 4710 4720 4810 4820 5310 1751 1761 1771 Table 3: Pregnancy Without Delivery ACG Description 17x2 All non-delivered pregnancy related ACGs (1712, 1722, 1732, 1742, 1752, 1762 and 1772 are collapsed into 1 Boolean marker). The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models B-3 Table 4: EDCs Included in the Predictive Models EDC ADM03 ALL04 ALL05 ALL06 CAR03 CAR04 CAR05 CAR06 CAR07 CAR09 CAR10 CAR12 CAR13 CAR14 CAR15 END02 END06 END07 END08 END09 EYE03 EYE13 EYE15 GAS02 GAS04 GAS05 GAS06 GAS10 GAS11 GAS12 GSI08 GSU11 GSU13 GSU14 GTC01 GUR04 HEM01 HEM03 HEM05 HEM06 HEM07 INF04 INF08 Description Transplant Status Asthma, w/o status asthmaticus Asthma, WITH status asthmaticus Disorders of the Immune System Ischemic heart disease (excluding acute myocardial infarction) Congenital heart disease Congestive heart failure Cardiac valve disorders Cardiomyopathy Cardiac arrhythmia Generalized atherosclerosis Acute Myocardial Infarction Cardiac arrest, shock Hypertension, w/o major complications Hypertension, WITH major complications Osteoporosis Type 2 Diabetes, w/o Complication Type 2 Diabetes, w/ Complication Type 1 Diabetes, w/o Complication Type 1 Diabetes, w/ Complication Retinal disorders (excluding diabetic retinopathy) Diabetic Retinopathy Age-related Macular Degeneration Inflammatory bowel disease Acute hepatitis Chronic liver disease Peptic ulcer disease Diverticular disease of colon Acute pancreatitis Chronic pancreatitis Edema Peripheral vascular disease Aortic aneurysm Gastrointestinal Obstruction/Perforation Chromosomal anomalies Prostatic hypertrophy Hemolytic anemia Thrombophlebitis Aplastic anemia Deep vein thrombosis Hemophilia, coagulation Disorder HIV, AIDS Septicemia Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 B-4 Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models EDC MAL02 MAL03 MAL04 MAL06 MAL07 MAL08 MAL09 MAL10 MAL11 MAL12 MAL13 MAL14 MAL15 MAL16 MAL18 MUS03 MUS10 MUS14 MUS16 NUR03 NUR05 NUR06 NUR07 NUR08 NUR09 NUR11 NUR12 NUR15 NUR16 NUR17 NUR18 NUR19 NUT02 PSY01 PSY02 PSY03 PSY05 PSY07 PSY08 PSY09 PSY12 REC01 REC03 REC04 REN01 Description Low impact malignant neoplasms High impact malignant neoplasms Malignant neoplasms, breast Malignant neoplasms, ovary Malignant neoplasms, esophagus Malignant neoplasms, kidney Malignant neoplasms, liver and biliary tract Malignant neoplasms, lung Malignant neoplasms, lymphomas Malignant neoplasms, colorectal Malignant neoplasms, pancreas Malignant neoplasms, prostate Malignant neoplasms, stomach Acute Leukemia Malignant neoplasms, bladder Degenerative joint disease Fracture of neck of femur (hip) Low back pain Amputation Status Peripheral neuropathy, neuritis Cerebrovascular disease Parkinson's disease Seizure disorder Multiple sclerosis Muscular dystrophy Dementia and delirium Quadriplegia and Paraplegia Head Injury Spinal Cord Injury/Disorders Paralytic Syndromes, Other Cerebral Palsy Developmental disorder Nutritional deficiencies Anxiety, neuroses Substance use Tobacco abuse Attention deficit disorder Schizophrenia and affective psychosis Personality disorders Depression Bipolar Disorder Cleft lip and palate Chronic ulcer of the skin Burns--2nd and 3rd degree Chronic renal failure The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models EDC REN02 REN03 REN04 RES02 RES03 RES04 RES08 RES09 RES10 RHU01 RHU05 TOX02 TOX04 B-5 Description Fluid/electrolyte disturbances Acute renal failure Nephritis/Nephrosis Acute lower respiratory tract infection Cystic fibrosis Emphysema, chronic bronchitis, COPD Pulmonary embolism Tracheostomy Respiratory arrest Autoimmune and connective tissue diseases Rheumatoid Arthritis Adverse effects of medicinal agents Complications of Mechanical Devices Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 B-6 Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models Table 5: Rx-MGs Included in the Predictive Models Rx-MG ALLx010 ALLx030 ALLx040 ALLx050 CARx010 CARx020 CARx030 CARx040 CARx050 EARx010 ENDx010 ENDx020 ENDx030 ENDx040 ENDx050 ENDx060 ENDx070 EYEx010 EYEx020 EYEx030 FREx010 FREx020 FREx030 GASx010 GASx020 GASx030 GASx040 GASx050 GASx060 GSIx010 GSIx020 GSIx030 GSIx040 Description Allergy/Immunology / Acute Minor Allergy/Immunology / Chronic Inflammatory Allergy/Immunology / Immune Disorders Allergy/Immunology / Transplant Cardiovascular / Chronic Medical Cardiovascular / Congestive Heart Failure Cardiovascular / High Blood Pressure Cardiovascular / Hyperlipidemia Cardiovascular / Vascular Disorders Ears, Nose, Throat / Acute Minor Endocrine / Bone Disorders Endocrine / Chronic Medical Endocrine / Diabetes With Insulin Endocrine / Diabetes Without Insulin Endocrine / Thyroid Disorders Endocrine / Growth Problems Endocrine / Weight Control Eye / Acute Minor: Curative Eye / Acute Minor: Palliative Eye / Glaucoma Female Reproductive / Hormone Regulation Female Reproductive / Infertility Female Reproductive / Pregnancy and Delivery Gastrointestinal/Hepatic / Acute Minor Gastrointestinal/Hepatic / Chronic Liver Disease Gastrointestinal/Hepatic / Chronic Stable Gastrointestinal/Hepatic / Inflammatory Bowel Disease Gastrointestinal/Hepatic / Pancreatic Disorder Gastrointestinal/Hepatic / Peptic Disease General Signs and Symptoms / Nausea and Vomiting General Signs and Symptoms / Pain General Signs and Symptoms / Pain and Inflammation General Signs and Symptons / Severe The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Rx-MG GURx010 GURx020 HEMx010 INFx010 INFx020 INFx030 INFx040 INFx050 MALx010 MUSx010 MUSx020 NURx010 NURx020 NURx030 NURx040 NURx050 PSYx010 PSYx020 PSYx030 PSYx040 PSYx050 PSYx060 RESx010 RESx020 RESx030 RESx040 SKNx010 SKNx020 SKNx030 TOXx010 ZZZx000 Description Pain Genito-Urinary / Acute Minor Genito-Urinary / Chronic Renal Failure Hematologic / Coagulation Disorders Infections / Acute Major Infections / Acute Minor Infections / HIV/AIDS Infections / Tuberculosis Infections / Severe Acute Major Malignancies Musculoskeletal / Gout Musculoskeletal / Inflammatory Conditions Neurologic / Alzheimer's Disease Neurologic / Chronic Medical Neurologic / Migraine Headache Neurologic / Parkinsons Disease Neurologic / Seizure Disorder Psychosocial / Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder Psychosocial / Addiction Psychosocial / Anxiety Psychosocial / Depression Psychosocial / Acute Minor Psychosocial / Chronic Unstable Respiratory / Acute Minor Respiratory / Chronic Medical Respiratory / Cystic Fibrosis Respiratory / Airway Hyperactivity Skin / Acne Skin / Acute and Recurrent Skin / Chronic Medical Toxic Effects/Adverse Effects / Acute Major Other and Non-Specific Medications Technical Reference Guide Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models B-7 Table 6: Special Population Markers Special Population Marker HOSDOM0 (included in Intercept) HOSDOM1 HOSDOM2 HOSDOM3+ Frailty Marker Generic Drug Count Use in the Predictive Model Boolean indicator for 0 HOSDOM Boolean indicator for 1 HOSDOM indicator Boolean indicator for 2 HOSDOM indicators Boolean indicator for 3 or more HOSDOM indicators Boolean indicator Boolean indicator for 13 or more Generic Drugs Table 7: Demographic Markers Demographic Marker Ten age groups Female Use in the Predictive Model 0-4; 5-11; 12-17; 18-34; 35-44; 45-54; 55-69 (Included in the Intercept); 70-74; 75-79; 8084; 85+ Boolean indicator Table 8: Optional Prior Cost Markers* Prior Cost Marker Total Expense, Non-users (Included in the Intercept) Total Expense, 1-10th Percentile Total Expense, 11-25th Percentile Total Expense, 26-50th Percentile Total Expense, 51-75th Percentile Total Expense, 76-91st Percentile Total Expense, 91-93rd Percentile Total Expense, 94-95th Percentile Total Expense, 96-97th Percentile Total Expense, 98-99th Percentile Pharmacy Expense, Non-users (Included in the Intercept) Pharmacy Expense, 1-10th Percentile Pharmacy Expense, 11-25th Percentile Pharmacy Expense, 26-50th Percentile Pharmacy Expense, 51-75th Percentile Pharmacy Expense, 76-91st Percentile Pharmacy Expense, 91-93rd Percentile Pharmacy Expense, 94-95th Percentile Pharmacy Expense, 96-97th Percentile Pharmacy Expense, 98-99th Percentile *Either pharmacy expense markers or total expense markers will be used depending on the model variant, but pharmacy expense and total expense will not be used simultaneously. Prior pharmacy expense is preferred when the predicting pharmacy expense and prior total expense is preferred when predicting total expense. Technical Reference Guide The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 B-8 Appendix B: Variables Necessary to Locally Calibrate the ACG Predictive Models Table 9: Utilization Markers** Utilization Markers Dialysis Service Nursing Service Major Procedure 1 Inpatient Hospitalization 2 Inpatient Hospitalizations 3 Inpatient Hospitalizations 4 Inpatient Hospitalizations 5+ Inpatient Hospitalizations 1 Emergency Department Episode 2 Emergency Department Episodes 3 Emergency Department Episodes 4 Emergency Department Episodes 5+ Emergency Department Episodes 1-9 Outpatient Visits 10-19 Outpatient Visits 20-39 Outpatient Visits 40-59 Outpatient Visits 60+ Outpatient Visits **Utilization markers are used only in the hospitalization prediction models. The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Technical Reference Guide Index IN-1 Index A ACG assignment process, 3-3 clinical aspects, 3-26 clinically oriented examples, 3-30 decision tree, 3-19 development, 3-1 forecasting future costs with the components of the ACG case mix system, 7-3 how ACGs work, 3-2 overview, 3-1 terminal groups, 3-9 ACG-PM conceptual basis, 7-9 data inputs, 7-12 definition of population-based predictive modeling, 7-1 development of ACG predictive models, 7-13 elements of a predictive model – five key dimensions, 7-9 multi-morbidity as the clinical basis, 7-5 outcomes assessed, 7-13 predictive modeling, 7-1 statistical modeling approach, 7-11 target population, 7-10 ADG diagnostic certainty, 3-27 duration, 3-26 etiology, 3-27 mapping ICD codes to a parsimonious set of aggregated diagnosis groups (ADGs), 3-3 severity, 3-27 specialty care, 3-27 subgroups (CADG), 3-6 Adjusted R-square values predictive modeling statistical performance, 8-1 Anatomical therapeutic chemical system, 5-2 Applications guide content, 1-4 introduction, 1-4 ATC anatomical therapeutic chemical system, 5-2 ATC to RX-MG assignment methodology, 5-9 C CADG creating a manageable number of ADG subgroups (CADGs), 3-6 occurring combinations, 3-8 Categorization methodology EDC, 4-1 Technical Reference Guide MEDC, 4-14 Chronic condition count, 6-5 Chronic illnesses, 3-30 Clinical aspects of ACGs, 3-26 Clinical information improves on prior cost predictive modeling statistical performance, 8-11 Clinically oriented examples chronic illnesses, 3-30 diabetes mellitus, 3-32 hypertension, 3-31 infants, 3-36 pregnancy/delivery with complications, 3-34 Coding, 2-1 Combined ACG predictive model (DxRx-PM), 7-16 Condition markers, 6-9 Continuous single-interval measure of medication availability (CSA), 11-7 Customer commitment and contact information, 1-5 introduction, 1-5 D Decision tree for MAC-12--pregnant women, 3-21 for MAC-26--infants, 3-23 Development of ACG-PM, 7-13 Development of possession/adherence markers, 11-2 Development of Rx-PM, 7-15 Diagnosis and code sets, 2-1 coding issues using the international classification of diseases (ICD), 2-1 National Drug Codes (NDC), 2-4 provisional, 2-3 rule-out, 2-3 special note for ICD-10 users, 2-4 suspected, 2-3 three and four digits, 2-2 using ICD-9 and ICD-10 simultaneously, 2-4 Dialysis service, 9-3 Dx-PM diagnosed-defined predictive model, 7-13 Dx-PM risks factors age and gender, 7-14 high-impact chronic conditions, 7-14 overall morbidity burden, 7-14 DxRx-PM combined ACG predictive model, 7-16 E EDCs applications of, 4-16 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 IN-2 clinical classification for health policy research produced by the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research, 4-1 development, 4-1 how they work, 4-3 important differences between EDCs and ADGs, 4-15 important differences between EDCs and episode-ofcare systems, 4-16 MEDC types, 4-14 overview, 4-1 Schneeweiss diagnosis clusters, 4-1 Elements of a predictive model – five key dimensions, 7-9 Emergency visit count, 9-4 Empiric validation of the likelihood of hospitalization model, 9-5 predicting hospitalization, 9-6 sensitivity and positive predictive value, 9-6 F Figures ACG decision tree, 3-19 decision tree for MAC-12--pregnant women, 3-21 decision tree for MAC-24--multiple ADG categories, 325 decision tree for MAC-26--infants, 3-23 Dx PM risk factors, 7-14 gap in medication possession, 11-2 gap in medication possession following hospitalization, 11-3 gap in medication possession following oversupply, 113 percentage of patients with selected chronic condition and their associated number of co-morbidities, 7-6 schematic framework for predicting hospitalization, 9-3 total healthcare costs per beneficiary by count of chronic conditions, 7-8 typology of acute care inpatient hospitalization, 9-2 Venn diagram comparing overlap of prior, predicted, and actual high cost users, 8-12 Forming the terminal groups (ACGs), 3-9 Frailty conditions, 6-3 Framework for prediction hospitalization using ACG how is ACG used to predict hospitalization, 9-2 likelihood of hospitalization, 9-4 utilization markers, 9-3 what hospitalizations are we predicting, 9-1 why include utilization in prediction models for hospitalization, 9-3 why predict hospitalization, 9-1 Frequently occurring combinations of CADGS (MACs), 3-8 G Gaps in pharmacy utilization development of possession/adherence markers, 11-2 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 Index how medication gaps are defined and constructed, 11-8 objectives, 11-1 significance of pharmacy adherence for effective care, 11-1 the future, 11-15 validation and testing, 11-13 H High pharmacy utilization model, 7-17 High pharmacy utilization model outputs high risk for unexpected pharmacy cost, 7-18 probability of unexpected pharmacy cost, 7-18 relevant to clinicians and case managers, 7-18 High risk for unexpected pharmacy cost, 7-18 High, moderate, and low impact conditions, 7-17 Hospital dominant conditions, 6-1 How medication gaps are defined and constructed, 11-8 I ICD 10, 2-4 9, 2-4 coding issues, 2-1 mapping to ADGs, 3-3 special note for ICD-10 users, 2-4 Infants, 3-35 Inpatient hospitalization count, 9-4 Installation and usage guide content, 1-3 introduction, 1-3 Interpreting adjusted R-square values predictive modeling statistical performance, 8-6 Introduction applications guide content, 1-4 customer commitment and contact information, 1-5 diagnosis and code sets, 2-1 installation and usage guide content, 1-3 objective of the technical reference guide, 1-1 the Johns Hopkins ACG system, 1-1 L Likelihood of hospitalization, 9-4 probability extended hospitalization score, 9-5 probability ICU hospitalization score, 9-5 probability injury hospitalization score, 9-5 probability IP hospitalization score, 9-5 probability IP hospitalization six months score, 9-5 M MAC occurring combinations, 3-8 Major procedure, 9-4 Mapping ICD codes to a parsimonious set of aggregated diagnosis groups (ADGs), 3-3 Medication define morbidity Technical Reference Guide Index National Drug Code system, 5-1 Medication defined morbidity conclusion, 5-23 objectives, 5-1 Medication possession ratio (MPR), 11-6 N National Drug Code system, 5-1 Navigation technical reference guide navigation, 1-1 NDC coding issues, 2-4 NDC to Rx-MG assignment methodology, 5-9 New condition markers continuous single-interval measure of medication availability (CSA), 11-7 medication possession ratio (MRP), 11-6 Nursing service, 9-3 O Objective of the technical reference guide, 1-1 Objectives predicting future resource use, 7-1 Outpatient visit count, 9-4 Overview ACG, 3-1 ACG assignment process, 3-3 predictive modeling statistical performance, 8-1 P Predicting, 9-1, 9-2, 9-3 Predicting future resource resource bands, 7-16 Predicting future resource use, 7-1 high pharmacy utilization model, 7-17 high, moderate and low impact conditions, 7-17 Predicting hospitalization, 9-1 empiric validation of the likelihood of hospitalization model, 9-5, 9-6 introduction, 9-1 Predictive modeling, 7-1 Predictive modeling statistical performance adjusted R-square values, 8-1 clinical information improves on prior cost, 8-11 interpreting adjusted R-square values, 8-6 overview, 8-1 predictive ratios, 8-6 ROC curve, 8-10 sensitivity and positive predictive value, 8-8 validation data, 8-1 Predictive ratios predictive modeling statistical performance, 8-6 Pregnancy, 3-34 Probability extended hospitalization score, 9-5 Probability ICU hospitalization score, 9-5 Probability injury hospitalization score, 9-5 Technical Reference Guide IN-3 Probability IP hospitalization score, 9-5 Probability IP hospitalization six months score, 9-5 Probability of unexpected pharmacy costs, 7-18 Provisional diagnosis, 2-3 R Resource bands, 7-16 ROC curve predictive modeling statistical performance, 8-10 Rule-out diagnosis, 2-3 suspected, and provisional diagnoses, 2-3 Rx-defined morbidity groups, 5-3 Rx-MG ATC to Rx-MG assignment methodology, 5-9 expected duration, 5-8 morbidity differentiation, 5-8 NDC to Rx-MG assignment methodology, 5-9 primary anatomico-physiological system, 5-6 severity, 5-8 Rx-PM development, 7-15 Rx defined morbidity groups, 5-3 score, 7-16 S Sensitivity and positive predictive value empiric validation of the likelihood of hospitalization model, 9-6 predictive modeling statistical performance, 8-8 Significance of pharmacy adherence for effective care, 11-1 Special note for ICD-10 users, 2-4 Special population markers chronic condition count, 6-5 condition, 6-9 frailty conditions, 6-3 hospital dominant conditions, 6-1 introduction, 6-1 Statistical modeling approach, 7-11 algebraic, 7-11 linear regression, 7-11 logistic regression, 7-11 neural networks, 7-12 Subgroups (CADG) ADG, 3-6 Suspected diagnosis, 2-3 T Tables ADGs and common ICD-9-CM codes assigned to them, 3-4 annual prevalence ratios for expanded diagnosis clusters (EDCs) for commercially insured and Medicare beneficiaries, 4-6 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 IN-4 Index annual prevalence ratios for Rx-MGs for commercially insured and Medicare beneficiaries, 5-20 ATC drug classification levels, 5-2 classification of metformin, 2-6 clinical classification of infant ACGs, 3-37 clinical classification of pregnancy/delivery ACGs, 3-35 counts of associated second level ATCs per Rx-Defined morbidity groups, 5-5 counts of associated therapeutic classes per Rx-defined morbidity groups, 5-4 counts of associated third level ATCs per Rx-Defined morbidity groups, 5-6 CSA example 1, 11-7 CSA example 2, 11-7 C-statistics, 8-10 C-statistics for prediction hospitalization:, 9-7 definitions of condition markers, 6-10 disease-drug class pairings, 11-10 distribution of the chronic condition count marker, 6-8 duration, severity, etiology, and certainty of the aggregated diagnosis groups (ADGs), 3-28 EDCs considered in the chronic condition count marker, 6-5 effects of frailty conditions during a baseline year on next year’s hospitalization risk, total healthcare costs, and pharmacy costs, 6-4 effects of hospital dominant conditions during a baseline year on next year’s hospitalization risk, total healthcare costs, and pharmacy costs, 6-2 examples of diabetes complications, 4-5 examples of diagnosic codes included in the hospital dominant marker, 6-1 final ACG categories, 3-11 ICD-9-CM codes assigned to otitis media EDC (EAR01), 4-3 MACs and the collapsed ADGs assigned to them, 3-8 major Rx-MG categories, 5-7 markers of pharmacy adherence possession, 11-4 MEDC types, 4-14 medically frail condition marker-frailty concepts and diagnoses, 6-3 MPR, 11-6 MPR example 1, 11-8 MPR example 2, 11-6 number of pharmacy codes for each Rx-MG, 5-10 The Johns Hopkins ACG System, Version 9.0 overlap of High Pharamacy Utilization Model and DXPM (top 1.5% of scores, 7-19 possible types of analyses, 11-14 PPV and sensitivity for predicting hospitalization, 9-6 predictive models evaluated, 8-2 predictive ratio by year 1 cost quintile for commercial and Medicare populations, 8-7 proportion of total healthcare costs consumed by the highest cost 10% and lowest cost 50% of enrollees, 7-4 proportion of variance explained (adjusted R-square values) using year 1 risk factors and year 2 resource measures for prior cost and ICD & NDC based combined models, 8-5 proportion of variance explained (adjusted r-square values) using year 1 risk factors and year 2 resource use measures for alternative predictive models, 8-3 Rx-MG morbidity taxonomy and clinical characteristics of medication assigned to each Rx-MG, 5-14 selected ACG variables versus hospitalization as predictors of high cost patients, 7-3 sensitivity and PPV for top five percent, 8-9 the collapsed ADG clusters and the ADGs that they comprise, 3-7 Target population, 7-10 Technical reference guide navigation, 1-1 Technical reference guide content, 1-2 introduction, 1-2 The Johns Hopkins ACG system introduction, 1-1 U Using ICD-9 and ICD-10 simultaneously, 2-4 Utilization markers, 9-3 dialysis service, 9-3 emergency visit count, 9-4 inpatient hospitalization count, 9-4 major procedure, 9-4 nursing service, 9-3 outpatient visit count, 9-4 V Validation and testing, 11-13 Validation data predictive modeling statistical performance, 8-1 Technical Reference Guide